initial import

952 files changed, 522032 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/sw/inc/acmplwrd.hxx b/sw/inc/acmplwrd.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..046c44affe91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/acmplwrd.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: acmplwrd.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _ACMPLWRD_HXX
+#define _ACMPLWRD_HXX
+
+
+#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSISORTDTOR
+#include <svtools/svstdarr.hxx>
+
+
+class SwAutoCompleteWord
+{
+    SvStringsISortDtor aWordLst;
+    SvPtrarr aLRULst;
+    USHORT nMaxCount, nMinWrdLen;
+    BOOL bLockWordLst;
+public:
+    SwAutoCompleteWord( USHORT nWords = 500, USHORT nMWrdLen = 10 );
+    ~SwAutoCompleteWord();
+
+    BOOL InsertWord( const String& rWord );
+    BOOL RemoveWord( const String& rWord );
+    BOOL SearchWord( const String& rWord, USHORT* pFndPos = 0 ) const;
+
+    BOOL GetRange( const String& rWord, USHORT& rStt, USHORT& rEnd ) const;
+
+    BOOL SetToTop( const String& rWord );
+
+    USHORT Count() const { return aWordLst.Count(); }
+
+    const String& operator[]( USHORT n ) const { return *aWordLst[ n ]; }
+
+    BOOL IsLockWordLstLocked() const        { return bLockWordLst; }
+    void SetLockWordLstLocked( BOOL bFlag ) { bLockWordLst = bFlag; }
+
+    USHORT GetMaxCount() const              { return nMaxCount; }
+    void SetMaxCount( USHORT n );
+
+    USHORT GetMinWordLen() const                { return nMinWrdLen; }
+    void SetMinWordLen( USHORT n );
+
+    const SvStringsISortDtor& GetWordList() const { return aWordLst; }
+    void CheckChangedList( const SvStringsISortDtor& rNewLst );
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/authfld.hxx b/sw/inc/authfld.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d0d69c949d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/authfld.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: authfld.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _AUTHFLD_HXX
+#define _AUTHFLD_HXX
+
+#ifndef _FLDBAS_HXX
+#include <fldbas.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _TOXE_HXX
+#include <toxe.hxx>
+#endif
+
+class SwAuthDataArr;
+/* -----------------21.09.99 13:32-------------------
+
+ --------------------------------------------------*/
+class SwAuthEntry
+{
+    String      aAuthFields[AUTH_FIELD_END];
+    USHORT      nRefCount;
+public:
+    SwAuthEntry() : nRefCount(0){}
+    SwAuthEntry( const SwAuthEntry& rCopy );
+    BOOL            operator==(const SwAuthEntry& rComp);
+
+    BOOL                    GetFirstAuthorField(USHORT& nPos, String& rToFill)const;
+    BOOL                    GetNextAuthorField(USHORT& nPos, String& rToFill)const;
+    inline const String&    GetAuthorField(ToxAuthorityField ePos)const;
+    inline void             SetAuthorField(ToxAuthorityField ePos,
+                                            const String& rField);
+
+    void            AddRef()                { ++nRefCount; }
+    void            RemoveRef()             { --nRefCount; }
+    USHORT          GetRefCount()           { return nRefCount; }
+};
+/* -----------------20.10.99 16:49-------------------
+
+ --------------------------------------------------*/
+struct SwTOXSortKey
+{
+    ToxAuthorityField   eField;
+    BOOL                bSortAscending;
+    SwTOXSortKey() :
+        eField(AUTH_FIELD_END),
+        bSortAscending(TRUE){}
+};
+
+/* -----------------14.09.99 16:15-------------------
+
+ --------------------------------------------------*/
+class SvUShorts;
+class SwAuthorityField;
+class SvLongs;
+class SortKeyArr;
+class SwAuthorityFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+    SwDoc*          m_pDoc;
+    SwAuthDataArr*  m_pDataArr;
+    SvLongs*        m_pSequArr;
+    SortKeyArr*     m_pSortKeyArr;
+    char            m_cPrefix;
+    char            m_cSuffix;
+    BOOL            m_bIsSequence :1;
+    BOOL            m_bSortByDocument :1;
+
+    const SwAuthorityFieldType& operator=( const SwAuthorityFieldType& );
+
+public:
+    SwAuthorityFieldType(SwDoc* pDoc);
+    SwAuthorityFieldType( const SwAuthorityFieldType& );
+    ~SwAuthorityFieldType();
+
+    virtual SwFieldType* Copy()    const;
+    virtual void        Modify( SfxPoolItem *pOld, SfxPoolItem *pNew );
+
+    inline SwDoc*   GetDoc() const                      { return m_pDoc; }
+    inline void     SetDoc(SwDoc* pNewDoc)              { m_pDoc = pNewDoc; }
+
+    void                RemoveField(long nHandle);
+    long                AddField(const String& rFieldContents);
+    BOOL                AddField(long nHandle);
+
+    const SwAuthEntry*  GetEntryByHandle(long nHandle) const;
+
+    void                GetAllEntryIdentifiers( SvStringsDtor& rToFill )const;
+    const SwAuthEntry*  GetEntryByIdentifier(const String& rIdentifier)const;
+
+    void                ChangeEntryContent(const SwAuthEntry* pNewEntry);
+    // import interface
+    USHORT              AppendField(const SwAuthEntry& rInsert);
+    void                MergeFieldType(const SwAuthorityFieldType& rNew, SvUShorts& rMap);
+    void                RemoveUnusedFields();
+    long                GetHandle(USHORT nPos);
+    USHORT              GetPosition(long nHandle);
+
+    USHORT              GetEntryCount() const;
+    const SwAuthEntry*  GetEntryByPosition(USHORT nPos) const;
+
+    USHORT              GetSequencePos(long nHandle);
+
+    BOOL                IsSequence() const      {return m_bIsSequence;}
+    void                SetSequence(BOOL bSet)  {m_bIsSequence = bSet;}
+
+    void                SetPreSuffix(char cPre, char cSuf)
+                            {
+                                m_cPrefix = cPre;
+                                m_cSuffix = cSuf;
+                            }
+    char                GetPrefix() const { return m_cPrefix;}
+    char                GetSuffix() const { return m_cSuffix;}
+
+    BOOL                IsSortByDocument() const {return m_bSortByDocument;}
+    void                SetSortByDocument(BOOL bSet) {m_bSortByDocument = bSet;}
+
+    USHORT              GetSortKeyCount() const ;
+    const SwTOXSortKey* GetSortKey(USHORT nIdx) const ;
+    void                SetSortKeys(USHORT nKeyCount, SwTOXSortKey nKeys[]);
+
+    //initui.cxx
+    static const String&    GetAuthFieldName(ToxAuthorityField eType);
+    static const String&    GetAuthTypeName(ToxAuthorityType eType);
+
+};
+/* -----------------14.09.99 16:15-------------------
+
+ --------------------------------------------------*/
+class SwAuthorityField : public SwField
+{
+    long    nHandle;
+
+public:
+    SwAuthorityField(SwAuthorityFieldType* pType, const String& rFieldContents);
+    SwAuthorityField(SwAuthorityFieldType* pType, long nHandle);
+    ~SwAuthorityField();
+
+    const String&       GetFieldText(ToxAuthorityField eField) const;
+
+    virtual String      Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*    Copy() const;
+    virtual void        SetPar1(const String& rStr);
+    virtual SwFieldType* ChgTyp( SwFieldType* );
+
+    long                GetHandle() const       { return nHandle; }
+
+    //import interface
+    USHORT              GetHandlePosition() const;
+};
+
+// --- inlines -----------------------------------------------------------
+inline const String&    SwAuthEntry::GetAuthorField(ToxAuthorityField ePos)const
+{
+    if(AUTH_FIELD_END > ePos)
+        return aAuthFields[ePos];
+    else
+        return aEmptyStr;
+}
+inline void SwAuthEntry::SetAuthorField(ToxAuthorityField ePos, const String& rField)
+{
+    if(AUTH_FIELD_END > ePos)
+        aAuthFields[ePos] = rField;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/authratr.hxx b/sw/inc/authratr.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c69d1fd3b4c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/authratr.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: authratr.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _AUTHRATR_HXX
+#define _AUTHRATR_HXX
+
+#ifndef _SOLAR_H
+#include <tools/solar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SV_COLOR_HXX //autogen
+#include <vcl/color.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#define COL_NONE        TRGB_COLORDATA( 0x80, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF )
+
+class AuthorCharAttr
+{
+public:
+    USHORT  nItemId;
+    USHORT  nAttr;
+    ULONG   nColor;
+
+    AuthorCharAttr();
+
+    inline BOOL operator == ( const AuthorCharAttr& rAttr ) const
+    {
+        return  nItemId == rAttr.nItemId && nAttr == rAttr.nAttr &&
+                nColor == rAttr.nColor;
+    }
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/bookmrk.hxx b/sw/inc/bookmrk.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ade83966be93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/bookmrk.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: bookmrk.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _BOOKMRK_HXX
+#define _BOOKMRK_HXX
+
+#include "hintids.hxx"      //die Ids der Attribute, vor macitem damit die
+                            //die Attribut richtig angezogen werden.
+#ifndef _SFXMACITEM_HXX
+#include <svtools/macitem.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _KEYCOD_HXX //autogen
+#include <vcl/keycod.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _SO2REF_HXX //autogen
+#include <so3/so2ref.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _BKMRKE_HXX //autogen
+#include <bkmrke.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#include "calbck.hxx"
+
+#ifndef SW_DECL_SWSERVEROBJECT_DEFINED
+#define SW_DECL_SWSERVEROBJECT_DEFINED
+class SvPseudoObject;
+SO2_DECL_REF( SwServerObject )
+#endif
+
+
+struct SwPosition;  // fwd Decl. wg. UI
+
+class SwBookmark : public SwModify
+{
+    friend class SwDoc;         // fuers Loeschen
+    friend class Sw3IoImp;      // fuers Setzen der Position(en)
+
+    SwPosition *pPos1, *pPos2;  // wird im CTOR gesetzt, im DTOR geloescht
+    SwServerObjectRef refObj;   // falls DataServer -> Pointer gesetzt
+
+protected:
+    SvxMacro    aStartMacro;
+    SvxMacro    aEndMacro;
+    String      aName;
+    String      aShortName;
+    KeyCode     aCode;
+    BOOKMARK_TYPE eMarkType;
+
+public:
+    TYPEINFO();
+
+    SwBookmark(const SwPosition& aPos);
+    SwBookmark(const SwPosition& aPos,
+        const KeyCode& rCode,
+        const String& rName, const String& rShortName);
+    // Beim Loeschen von Text werden Bookmarks mitgeloescht!
+    ~SwBookmark();
+
+    const SwPosition& GetPos() const { return *pPos1; }
+    const SwPosition* GetOtherPos() const { return pPos2; }
+
+    // nicht undofaehig
+    void SetName(const String& rNewName) { aName = rNewName; }
+    const String& GetName() const { return aName; }
+    // nicht undofaehig
+    void SetShortName(const String& rNewSName) { aShortName = rNewSName; }
+    const String& GetShortName() const { return aShortName; }
+    // nicht undofaehig
+    void SetKeyCode(const KeyCode& rNewCode) { aCode = rNewCode; }
+    const KeyCode& GetKeyCode() const { return aCode; }
+
+    // Vergleiche auf Basis der Dokumentposition
+    BOOL operator < (const SwBookmark &) const;
+    BOOL operator ==(const SwBookmark &) const;
+    // falls man wirklich auf gleiche Position abfragen will.
+    BOOL IsEqualPos( const SwBookmark &rBM ) const;
+
+    BOOL IsBookMark() const     { return BOOKMARK == eMarkType; }
+    BOOL IsMark() const         { return MARK == eMarkType; }
+    BOOL IsDDEMark() const      { return DDE_BOOKMARK == eMarkType; }
+    BOOL IsUNOMark() const      { return UNO_BOOKMARK == eMarkType; }
+    void SetType( BOOKMARK_TYPE eNewType )  { eMarkType = eNewType; }
+
+    void SetStartMacro(const SvxMacro& rSt)     { aStartMacro = rSt; }
+    const SvxMacro& GetStartMacro()             { return aStartMacro; }
+    void SetEndMacro(const SvxMacro& rSt)       { aEndMacro = rSt; }
+    const SvxMacro& GetEndMacro()               { return aEndMacro; }
+
+        // Daten Server-Methoden
+    void SetRefObject( SvPseudoObject* pObj );
+    const SwServerObject* GetObject() const     {  return &refObj; }
+          SwServerObject* GetObject()           {  return &refObj; }
+    BOOL IsServer() const                       {  return refObj.Is(); }
+
+private:
+    // fuer METWARE:
+    // es wird (vorerst) nicht kopiert und nicht zugewiesen
+    SwBookmark(const SwBookmark &);
+    SwBookmark &operator=(const SwBookmark &);
+};
+
+class SwMark: public SwBookmark
+{
+public:
+    SwMark(const SwPosition& aPos,
+        const KeyCode& rCode,
+        const String& rName, const String& rShortName);
+};
+
+class SwUNOMark: public SwBookmark
+{
+public:
+    SwUNOMark(const SwPosition& aPos,
+        const KeyCode& rCode,
+        const String& rName, const String& rShortName);
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/bparr.hxx b/sw/inc/bparr.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..365fb2d66363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/bparr.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: bparr.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _BPARR_HXX
+#define _BPARR_HXX
+
+#ifndef _SOLAR_H
+#include <tools/solar.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef _DEBUG_HXX //autogen
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+#endif
+
+struct BlockInfo;
+class BigPtrArray;
+
+class BigPtrEntry
+{
+    friend class BigPtrArray;
+    BlockInfo* pBlock;
+    USHORT nOffset;
+protected:
+    BigPtrEntry() : pBlock(0), nOffset(0) {}
+    virtual ~BigPtrEntry() {}
+
+    inline ULONG GetPos() const;
+    inline BigPtrArray& GetArray() const;
+};
+typedef BigPtrEntry* ElementPtr;
+
+
+typedef BOOL (*FnForEach)( const ElementPtr&, void* pArgs );
+
+// 1000 Eintr„ge pro Block = etwas weniger als 4K
+#define MAXENTRY 1000
+
+
+// Anzahl Eintraege, die bei der Kompression frei bleiben duerfen
+// dieser Wert ist fuer den Worst Case, da wir MAXBLOCK mit ca 25%
+// Overhead definiert haben, reichen 80% = 800 Eintraege vollkommen aus
+// Will mann voellige Kompression haben, muss eben 100 angegeben werden.
+
+#define COMPRESSLVL 80
+
+struct BlockInfo {                  // Block-Info:
+    BigPtrArray* pBigArr;           // in diesem Array steht der Block
+    ElementPtr* pData;              // Datenblock
+    ULONG nStart, nEnd;             // Start- und EndIndex
+    USHORT nElem;                   // Anzahl Elemente
+};
+
+class BigPtrArray
+{
+    BlockInfo** ppInf;              // Block-Infos
+    ULONG       nSize;              // Anzahl Elemente
+    USHORT      nMaxBlock;          // akt. max Anzahl Bloecke
+    USHORT      nBlock;             // Anzahl Bloecke
+    USHORT      nCur;               // letzter Block
+
+    USHORT      Index2Block( ULONG ) const; // Blocksuche
+    BlockInfo*  InsBlock( USHORT );         // Block einfuegen
+    void        BlockDel( USHORT );         // es wurden Bloecke geloescht
+    void        UpdIndex( USHORT );         // Indexe neu berechnen
+
+protected:
+    // fuelle alle Bloecke auf.
+    // Der short gibt in Prozent an, wie voll die Bloecke werden sollen.
+    // Der ReturnWert besagt, das irgendetwas "getan" wurde
+    USHORT Compress( short = COMPRESSLVL );
+
+public:
+    BigPtrArray();
+    ~BigPtrArray();
+
+    ULONG Count() const { return nSize; }
+
+    void Insert( const ElementPtr& r, ULONG pos );
+//  void Insert( const ElementPtr* p, ULONG n, ULONG pos );
+    void Remove( ULONG pos, ULONG n = 1 );
+    void Move( ULONG from, ULONG to );
+    void Replace( ULONG pos, const ElementPtr& r);
+
+    ElementPtr operator[]( ULONG ) const;
+    ULONG GetIndex( const ElementPtr, ULONG, ULONG ) const;
+    void ForEach( FnForEach fn, void* pArgs = NULL )
+    {
+        ForEach( 0, nSize, fn, pArgs );
+    }
+    void ForEach( ULONG nStart, ULONG nEnd, FnForEach fn, void* pArgs = NULL );
+};
+
+
+
+inline ULONG BigPtrEntry::GetPos() const
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT( this == pBlock->pData[ nOffset ], "Element nicht im Block" );
+    return pBlock->nStart + nOffset;
+}
+
+inline BigPtrArray& BigPtrEntry::GetArray() const
+{
+    return *pBlock->pBigArr;
+}
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/calbck.hxx b/sw/inc/calbck.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e84370e4fc24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/calbck.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: calbck.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************
+#* Service-Klassen
+ *************************************************************/
+
+/*
+#* Aendert sich ein Attribut in einem Format, so muss diese
+#* Aenderung an alle abhaengigen Formate und ueber sie an
+#* alle betroffenen Nodes propagiert werden. Dabei muss
+#* festgestellt werden, ob die Aenderung einen Effekt haben
+#* kann, oder ob das geaenderte Attribut von dem abhaengigen
+#* Format ueberdefiniert wird (so dass ohnehin der
+#* Attributwert des abhaengigen Formates den geaenderten
+#* Wert verdeckt). Weiterhin kann der betroffene Node
+#* feststellen, ob er von dem geaenderten Attribut Gebrauch
+#* macht (Beispiel: Linienabstand fuer Unterstreichung wurde
+#* geaendert, das Attribut Unterstreichung wurde aber nicht
+#* verwendet). So wird bei Aenderungen der minimale Aufwand
+#* zum Reformatieren erkannt.
+ */
+#ifndef _CALBCK_HXX
+#define _CALBCK_HXX
+
+#ifndef _SOLAR_H
+#include <tools/solar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _RTTI_HXX
+#include <tools/rtti.hxx>
+#endif
+
+class SwModify;
+class SwClientIter;
+class SfxPoolItem;
+class SvStream;
+
+// ----------
+// SwClient
+// ----------
+
+class SwClient
+{
+    friend class SwModify;
+    friend class SwClientIter;
+
+    SwClient *pLeft, *pRight;           // fuer die AVL-Sortierung
+    BOOL bModifyLocked : 1;             // wird in SwModify::Modify benutzt,
+                                        // eigentlich ein Member des SwModify
+                                        // aber aus Platzgruenden hier.
+    BOOL bInModify  : 1;                // ist in einem Modify. (Debug!!!)
+    BOOL bInDocDTOR : 1;                // Doc wird zerstoert, nicht "abmelden"
+    BOOL bInCache   : 1;                // Ist im BorderAttrCache des Layout,
+                                        // Traegt sich dann im Modify aus!
+    BOOL bInSwFntCache : 1;             // Ist im SwFont-Cache der Formatierung
+
+protected:
+    SwModify *pRegisteredIn;
+    SwClient(SwModify *pToRegisterIn);
+
+public:
+    inline SwClient();
+    virtual ~SwClient();
+    virtual void Modify( SfxPoolItem *pOld, SfxPoolItem *pNew);
+    const SwModify* GetRegisteredIn() const { return pRegisteredIn; }
+
+    //rtti, abgeleitete moegens gleichtun oder nicht. Wenn sie es gleichtun
+    //kann ueber die Abhaengigkeitsliste eines Modify typsicher gecastet
+    //werden.
+    TYPEINFO();
+
+    void LockModify()                   { bModifyLocked = TRUE;  }
+    void UnlockModify()                 { bModifyLocked = FALSE; }
+    void SetInCache( BOOL bNew )        { bInCache = bNew;       }
+    void SetInSwFntCache( BOOL bNew )   { bInSwFntCache = bNew;  }
+    int  IsModifyLocked() const         { return bModifyLocked;  }
+    int  IsInDocDTOR()    const         { return bInDocDTOR;     }
+    int  IsInCache()      const         { return bInCache;       }
+    int  IsInSwFntCache()  const        { return bInSwFntCache;  }
+
+        // erfrage vom Client Informationen
+    virtual BOOL GetInfo( SfxPoolItem& ) const;
+
+private:
+    SwClient( const SwClient& );
+    SwClient &operator=( const SwClient& );
+};
+
+inline SwClient::SwClient() :
+    pLeft(0), pRight(0), pRegisteredIn(0)
+{ bModifyLocked = bInModify = bInDocDTOR = bInCache = bInSwFntCache = FALSE; }
+
+
+// ----------
+// SwModify
+// ----------
+
+// Klasse hat eine doppelt Verkette Liste fuer die Abhaengigen.
+
+class SwModify: public SwClient
+{
+    friend SvStream& operator<<( SvStream& aS, SwModify & );
+
+    friend class SwClientIter;
+    SwClient* pRoot;
+
+    SwClient *_Remove(SwClient *pDepend);
+
+public:
+    SwModify(SwModify *pToRegisterIn );
+    virtual ~SwModify();
+    virtual void Modify( SfxPoolItem *pOldValue, SfxPoolItem *pNewValue );
+    void Add(SwClient *pDepend);
+    SwClient *Remove(SwClient *pDepend)
+        {   return bInDocDTOR ?  0 : _Remove( pDepend ); }
+
+    const SwClient* GetDepends() const  { return pRoot; }
+
+        // erfrage vom Client Informationen
+    virtual BOOL GetInfo( SfxPoolItem& ) const;
+
+    void SetInDocDTOR() { bInDocDTOR = TRUE; }
+
+    void CheckCaching( const USHORT nWhich );
+
+    BOOL IsLastDepend() const
+        { return pRoot && !pRoot->pLeft && !pRoot->pRight; }
+};
+
+// ----------
+// SwDepend
+// ----------
+
+/*
+ * Sehr sinnvolle Klasse, wenn ein Objekt von mehreren Objekten
+ * abhaengig ist. Diese sollte fuer jede Abhaengigkeit ein Objekt
+ * der Klasse SwDepend als Member haben.
+ */
+class SwDepend: public SwClient
+{
+private:
+    SwClient *pToTell;
+public:
+    SwClient* GetToTell() { return pToTell; }
+    virtual void Modify( SfxPoolItem *pOldValue, SfxPoolItem *pNewValue );
+    SwDepend(SwClient *pTellHim, SwModify *pDepend);
+
+        // erfrage vom Client Informationen
+    virtual BOOL GetInfo( SfxPoolItem & ) const;
+};
+
+
+class SwClientIter
+{
+    friend SwClient* SwModify::_Remove(SwClient *); // fuer Ptr-Korrektur
+    friend void SwModify::Add(SwClient *);          // nur fuer ASSERT !
+
+    SwModify& rRoot;
+    SwClient *pAkt, *pDelNext;
+    // fuers Updaten der aller Iteratoren beim Einfuegen/Loeschen von
+    // Clients, wenn der Iterator gerade draufsteht.
+    SwClientIter *pNxtIter;
+    TypeId aSrchId;             // fuer First/Next - suche diesen Type
+
+public:
+    SwClientIter( SwModify& );
+    ~SwClientIter();
+
+    const SwModify& GetModify() const       { return rRoot; }
+          SwModify& GetModify()             { return rRoot; }
+
+#ifndef CFRONT
+    SwClient* operator++(int);  // zum Naechsten
+    SwClient* operator--(int);  // zum Vorherigen
+#endif
+    SwClient* operator++();     // zum Naechsten
+    SwClient* operator--();     // zum Vorherigen
+
+    SwClient* GoStart();        // zum Anfang
+    SwClient* GoEnd();          // zum Ende
+
+    inline SwClient* GoRoot();      // wieder ab Root (==Start) anfangen
+
+    SwClient* operator()() const
+        { return pDelNext == pAkt ? pAkt : pDelNext; }
+
+    int IsChanged() const { return pDelNext != pAkt; }
+
+    SwClient* First( TypeId nType );
+    SwClient* Next();
+};
+
+inline SwClient* SwClientIter::GoRoot()     // wieder ab Root anfangen
+{
+    pAkt = rRoot.pRoot;
+    return (pDelNext = pAkt);
+}
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/calc.hxx b/sw/inc/calc.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b839ffe26463
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/calc.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: calc.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _CALC_HXX
+#define _CALC_HXX
+
+
+#ifndef _SVARRAY_HXX //autogen
+#include <svtools/svarray.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __SBX_SBXVALUE //autogen
+#include <svtools/sbxvar.hxx>
+#endif
+
+class CharClass;
+class International;
+class SwFieldType;
+class SwDoc;
+
+#define TBLSZ 47                // sollte Primzahl sein, wegen HashTable
+
+const sal_Unicode cListDelim    = '|';
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *                          Calculate Operations
+ ******************************************************************************/
+enum SwCalcOper
+{
+    CALC_NAME,              CALC_NUMBER,            CALC_ENDCALC,
+    CALC_PLUS='+',          CALC_MINUS='-',         CALC_MUL='*',
+    CALC_DIV='/',           CALC_PRINT=';',         CALC_ASSIGN='=',
+    CALC_LP='(',            CALC_RP=')',            CALC_PHD='%',
+    CALC_POW='^',
+    CALC_LISTOP = cListDelim,
+    CALC_NOT=256,           CALC_AND=257,           CALC_OR=258,
+    CALC_XOR=259,           CALC_EQ=260,            CALC_NEQ=261,
+    CALC_LEQ=262,           CALC_GEQ=263,           CALC_LES=264,
+    CALC_GRE=265,           CALC_SUM=266,           CALC_MEAN=267,
+    CALC_SQRT=268,          CALC_MIN=269,           CALC_MIN_IN=270,
+    CALC_MAX=271,           CALC_MAX_IN=272,        CALC_SIN=273,
+    CALC_COS=274,           CALC_TAN=275,           CALC_ASIN=276,
+    CALC_ACOS=278,          CALC_ATAN=279,          CALC_TDIF=280,
+    CALC_ROUND=281
+};
+
+//-- Calculate Operations Strings -----------------------------------------
+
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Add[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Sub[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Mul[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Div[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Phd[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Sqrt[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Pow[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Or[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Xor[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_And[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Not[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Eq[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Neq[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Leq[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Geq[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_L[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_G[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Sum[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Mean[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Min[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Max[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Sin[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Cos[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Tan[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Asin[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Acos[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Atan[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Tdif[];
+extern const sal_Char __FAR_DATA sCalc_Round[];
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *                          Calculate ErrorCodes
+ ******************************************************************************/
+enum SwCalcError
+{
+    CALC_NOERR=0,
+    CALC_SYNTAX,        //  Syntax Fehler
+    CALC_ZERODIV,       //  Division durch Null
+    CALC_BRACK,         //  Fehlerhafte Klammerung
+    CALC_POWERR,        //  Ueberlauf in Quadratfunktion
+    CALC_VARNFND,       //  Variable wurde nicht gefunden
+    CALC_OVERFLOW,      //  Ueberlauf
+    CALC_WRONGTIME      //  falsches Zeitformat
+};
+
+class SwSbxValue : public SbxValue
+{
+public:
+    //JP 03.02.99: immer auf eine Zahl defaulten, damit auch gerechnet wird.
+    //              Ansonsten wird daraus ein SbxEMPTY und damit ist nichts
+    //              anzufangen.
+    SwSbxValue( long n = 0 )        { PutLong( n ); }
+    SwSbxValue( const double& rD )  { PutDouble( rD ); }
+    SwSbxValue( const SwSbxValue& rVal ) : SbxValue( rVal ) {}
+    virtual ~SwSbxValue();
+
+    // Strings sonderbehandeln
+    BOOL GetBool() const;
+    // Strings sonderbehandeln
+    double GetDouble() const;
+    SwSbxValue& MakeDouble();
+};
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *          Calculate HashTables fuer VarTable und Operations
+ ******************************************************************************/
+struct SwHash
+{
+            SwHash( const String& rStr );
+    virtual ~SwHash();
+    String  aStr;
+    SwHash *pNext;
+};
+
+struct SwCalcExp : public SwHash
+{
+    SwSbxValue  nValue;
+    const SwFieldType* pFldType;
+
+    SwCalcExp( const String& rStr, const SwSbxValue& rVal,
+                const SwFieldType* pFldType = 0 );
+};
+
+SwHash* Find( const String& rSrch, SwHash** ppTable,
+                USHORT nTblSize, USHORT* pPos = 0 );
+
+void DeleteHashTable( SwHash** ppTable, USHORT nTblSize );
+
+// falls _CalcOp != 0, dann ist das ein gueltiger Operator
+struct _CalcOp;
+_CalcOp* FindOperator( const String& rSearch );
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *                               class SwCalc
+ ******************************************************************************/
+class SwCalc
+{
+    SwHash*     VarTable[ TBLSZ ];
+    String      aVarName, sCurrSym;
+    String      sCommand;
+    SvPtrarr    aRekurStk;
+    SwSbxValue  nLastLeft;
+    SwSbxValue  nNumberValue;
+    SwCalcExp   aErrExpr;
+    xub_StrLen  nCommandPos;
+
+    SwDoc&      rDoc;
+    International* pInter;
+    CharClass*  pCharClass;
+
+    USHORT      nListPor;
+    SwCalcOper  eCurrOper;
+    SwCalcOper  eCurrListOper;
+    SwCalcError eError;
+
+
+    SwCalcOper  GetToken();
+    SwSbxValue  Expr();
+    SwSbxValue  Term();
+    SwSbxValue  Prim();
+
+    BOOL        ParseTime( USHORT*, USHORT*, USHORT* );
+
+    String  GetColumnName( const String& rName );
+    String  GetDBName( const String& rName );
+
+    // dont call this methods
+    SwCalc( const SwCalc& );
+    SwCalc& operator=( const SwCalc& );
+
+public:
+        SwCalc( SwDoc& rD );
+        ~SwCalc();
+
+    SwSbxValue  Calculate( const String &rStr );
+    String      GetStrResult( const SwSbxValue& rValue, BOOL bRound = TRUE );
+    String      GetStrResult( double, BOOL bRound = TRUE );
+
+    SwCalcExp*  VarInsert( const String& r );
+    SwCalcExp*  VarLook( const String &rStr, USHORT ins = 0 );
+    void        VarChange( const String& rStr, const SwSbxValue& rValue );
+    void        VarChange( const String& rStr, double );
+    SwHash**    GetVarTable()                       { return VarTable; }
+
+    BOOL        Push( const VoidPtr pPtr );
+    void        Pop( const VoidPtr pPtr );
+
+    void        SetCalcError( SwCalcError eErr )    { eError = eErr; }
+    BOOL        IsCalcError() const                 { return eError; }
+
+    static FASTBOOL     Str2Double( const String& rStr, xub_StrLen& rPos,
+                                    double& rVal,
+                                    const International* pInter = 0 );
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/cellatr.hxx b/sw/inc/cellatr.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e2fa5a71b4b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/cellatr.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: cellatr.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _CELLATR_HXX
+#define _CELLATR_HXX
+
+#ifndef _SFXINTITEM_HXX //autogen
+#include <svtools/intitem.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _ZFORLIST_HXX //autogen
+#include <svtools/zforlist.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#include "format.hxx"
+#include "cellfml.hxx"
+
+
+class SwTblBoxNumFormat : public SfxUInt32Item
+{
+    BOOL bAuto;     // automatisch vergebenes Flag
+public:
+    SwTblBoxNumFormat( UINT32 nFormat = NUMBERFORMAT_TEXT,
+                        BOOL bAuto = FALSE );
+
+    // "pure virtual Methoden" vom SfxPoolItem
+    virtual int             operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const;
+    virtual SfxPoolItem*    Clone( SfxItemPool* pPool = 0 ) const;
+    virtual SfxPoolItem*    Create(SvStream &, USHORT nVer) const;
+    virtual SvStream&       Store(SvStream &, USHORT nIVer) const;
+    virtual USHORT          GetVersion( USHORT nFileVersion) const;
+
+    inline SwTblBoxNumFormat& operator=( const SwTblBoxNumFormat& rAttr )
+    {
+        SetValue( rAttr.GetValue() );
+        SetAutoFlag( rAttr.GetAutoFlag() );
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    BOOL GetAutoFlag() const                    { return bAuto; }
+    void SetAutoFlag( BOOL bFlag = TRUE )       { bAuto = bFlag; }
+};
+
+class SwTblBoxFormula : public SfxPoolItem, public SwTableFormula
+{
+    SwModify* pDefinedIn;   // Modify-Object, in dem die Formel steht
+                            // kann nur TablenBoxFormat sein
+
+public:
+    SwTblBoxFormula( const String& rFormula );
+
+    // "pure virtual Methoden" vom SfxPoolItem
+    virtual int             operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const;
+    virtual SfxPoolItem*    Clone( SfxItemPool* pPool = 0 ) const;
+    virtual SfxPoolItem*    Create(SvStream &, USHORT nVer) const;
+    virtual SvStream&       Store(SvStream &, USHORT nIVer) const;
+    virtual USHORT          GetVersion( USHORT nFileVersion) const;
+
+    // erfrage und setze den Modify-Pointer
+    inline const SwModify* GetDefinedIn() const { return pDefinedIn; }
+    inline void ChgDefinedIn( const SwModify* pNew )
+                                            { pDefinedIn = (SwModify*)pNew; }
+    // suche den Node, in dem die Formel steht:
+    //  BoxAttribut -> BoxStartNode
+    virtual const SwNode* GetNodeOfFormula() const;
+
+          SwTableBox* GetTableBox();
+    const SwTableBox* GetTableBox() const
+        { return ((SwTblBoxFormula*)this)->GetTableBox(); }
+
+    // Status aendern
+    void ChangeState( const SfxPoolItem* pItem );
+    // berechne die Formel
+    void Calc( SwTblCalcPara& rCalcPara, double& rValue );
+};
+
+class SwTblBoxValue : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    double nValue;
+public:
+    SwTblBoxValue();
+    SwTblBoxValue( const double aVal );
+
+    // "pure virtual Methoden" vom SfxPoolItem
+    virtual int             operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const;
+    virtual SfxPoolItem*    Clone( SfxItemPool* pPool = 0 ) const;
+    virtual SfxPoolItem*    Create(SvStream &, USHORT nVer) const;
+    virtual SvStream&       Store(SvStream &, USHORT nIVer) const;
+    virtual USHORT          GetVersion( USHORT nFileVersion) const;
+
+    inline SwTblBoxValue& operator=( const SwTblBoxValue& rCmp )
+    {
+        nValue = rCmp.nValue;
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    double GetValue() const                     { return nValue; }
+    void SetValue( const double nVal )          { nValue = nVal; }
+};
+
+
+
+//***************************************************************************
+
+inline const SwTblBoxNumFormat      &SwAttrSet::GetTblBoxNumFmt(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SwTblBoxNumFormat&)Get( RES_BOXATR_FORMAT,bInP); }
+inline const SwTblBoxFormula        &SwAttrSet::GetTblBoxFormula(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SwTblBoxFormula&)Get( RES_BOXATR_FORMULA,bInP); }
+inline const SwTblBoxValue          &SwAttrSet::GetTblBoxValue(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SwTblBoxValue&)Get( RES_BOXATR_VALUE, bInP); }
+
+//***************************************************************************
+
+inline const SwTblBoxNumFormat      &SwFmt::GetTblBoxNumFmt(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetTblBoxNumFmt(bInP); }
+inline const SwTblBoxFormula        &SwFmt::GetTblBoxFormula(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetTblBoxFormula(bInP); }
+inline const SwTblBoxValue          &SwFmt::GetTblBoxValue(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetTblBoxValue(bInP); }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/cellfml.hxx b/sw/inc/cellfml.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..89d7ba9a2910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/cellfml.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: cellfml.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _CELLFML_HXX
+#define _CELLFML_HXX
+
+#ifndef _STRING_HXX //autogen
+#include <tools/string.hxx>
+#endif
+
+class SwTable;
+class SwNode;
+class SwTableSortBoxes;
+class SwSelBoxes;
+class SwCalc;
+class SwTableBox;
+class SwTableFmlUpdate;
+
+class SwTblCalcPara
+{
+    const SwTableBox* pLastTblBox;
+    USHORT nStackCnt, nMaxSize;
+
+public:
+    SwTableSortBoxes *pBoxStk;  // Stack fuers erkennen von Rekursionen !
+    SwCalc& rCalc;              // akt. Calculator
+    const SwTable* pTbl;        // akt. Tabelle
+
+    SwTblCalcPara( SwCalc& rCalculator, const SwTable& rTable );
+    ~SwTblCalcPara();
+
+    BOOL CalcWithStackOverflow();
+    BOOL IsStackOverFlow() const        { return nMaxSize == nStackCnt; }
+    BOOL IncStackCnt()                  { return nMaxSize == ++nStackCnt; }
+    void DecStackCnt()                  { if( nStackCnt ) --nStackCnt; }
+    void SetLastTblBox( const SwTableBox* pBox )    { pLastTblBox = pBox; }
+};
+
+
+
+class SwTableFormula
+{
+typedef void (SwTableFormula:: *FnScanFormel)( const SwTable&, String&,
+                                            String&, String*, void* ) const;
+
+    void BoxNmsToPtr( const SwTable&, String&, String&, String* = 0,
+                        void* pPara = 0 ) const;
+    void PtrToBoxNms( const SwTable&, String&, String&, String* = 0,
+                        void* pPara = 0 ) const;
+    void RelNmsToBoxNms( const SwTable&, String&, String&, String* = 0,
+                        void* pPara = 0 ) const;
+    void RelBoxNmsToPtr( const SwTable&, String&, String&, String* = 0,
+                        void* pPara = 0 ) const;
+    void BoxNmsToRelNm( const SwTable&, String&, String&, String* = 0,
+                        void* pPara = 0 ) const;
+    void _MakeFormel( const SwTable&, String&, String&, String* = 0,
+                        void* pPara = 0 ) const;
+    void _GetFmlBoxes( const SwTable&, String&, String&, String* = 0,
+                        void* pPara = 0 ) const;
+    void _HasValidBoxes( const SwTable&, String&, String&, String* = 0,
+                        void* pPara = 0 ) const;
+    void _SplitMergeBoxNm( const SwTable&, String&, String&, String* = 0,
+                        void* pPara = 0 ) const;
+
+    void GetBoxes( const SwTableBox& rStt, const SwTableBox& rEnd,
+                    SwSelBoxes& rBoxes ) const;
+    String ScanString( FnScanFormel fnFormel, const SwTable& rTbl,
+                        void* = 0 ) const;
+
+    const SwTable* FindTable( SwDoc& rDoc, const String& rNm ) const;
+
+protected:
+    enum NameType { EXTRNL_NAME, INTRNL_NAME, REL_NAME };
+
+    String      sFormel;            // akt. Formel
+    NameType    eNmType;            // akt. Darstellungs Art
+    BOOL        bValidValue;        // TRUE: Formel neu berechnen
+
+    // suche den Node, in dem die Formel steht:
+    //  TextFeld    -> TextNode,
+    //  BoxAttribut -> BoxStartNode
+    // !!! MUSS VON JEDER ABLEITUNG UEBERLADEN WERDEN !!!
+    virtual const SwNode* GetNodeOfFormula() const = 0;
+
+    SwTableFormula( const String& rFormel );
+
+    String MakeFormel( SwTblCalcPara& rCalcPara ) const
+    {
+        return ScanString( &SwTableFormula::_MakeFormel,
+                            *rCalcPara.pTbl, &rCalcPara );
+    }
+
+    static USHORT GetLnPosInTbl( const SwTable& rTbl, const SwTableBox* pBox );
+
+public:
+
+    SwTableFormula( const SwTableFormula& rCpy )    { *this = rCpy; }
+    SwTableFormula& operator=( const SwTableFormula& rCpy )
+        {
+                                    sFormel = rCpy.sFormel;
+                                    eNmType = rCpy.eNmType;
+                                    bValidValue = rCpy.bValidValue;
+                                    return *this;
+        }
+
+    // erzeuge aus der internen (fuer CORE) die externe (fuer UI) Formel
+    void PtrToBoxNm( const SwTable* pTbl );
+    // erzeuge aus der externen (fuer UI) die interne (fuer CORE) Formel
+    void BoxNmToPtr( const SwTable* pTbl );
+    // erzeuge aus der externen/internen Formel die relative Formel
+    void ToRelBoxNm( const SwTable* pTbl );
+    // wird vorm/nach dem mergen/splitten von Tabellen rerufen
+    void ToSplitMergeBoxNm( SwTableFmlUpdate& rTblUpd );
+
+    // ist gerade eine intern Darstellung aktiv
+    BOOL IsIntrnlName() const           { return eNmType == INTRNL_NAME; }
+    // erfrage die akt. Darstellung der Formel
+    NameType GetNameType() const        { return eNmType; }
+
+    // erfrage/setze das Flag, ob der akt. Wert gueltig ist
+    BOOL        IsValid() const             { return bValidValue; }
+    inline void ChgValid( BOOL bNew )       { bValidValue = bNew; }
+
+    const String& GetFormula() const        { return sFormel; }
+    void SetFormula( const String& rNew )
+        {
+            sFormel = rNew;
+            bValidValue = FALSE;
+            eNmType = EXTRNL_NAME;
+        }
+
+    USHORT GetBoxesOfFormula( const SwTable& rTbl, SwSelBoxes& rBoxes );
+    // sind alle Boxen gueltig, auf die sich die Formel bezieht?
+    BOOL HasValidBoxes() const;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/charatr.hxx b/sw/inc/charatr.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7e65a2d47737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/charatr.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: charatr.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _CHARATR_HXX
+#define _CHARATR_HXX
+
+#include "format.hxx"
+#include "hintids.hxx"      // fuer die WhichIds
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *  Implementierung der Charakter-Attribut Methoden vom SwAttrSet
+ *  AMA 12.10.94: Umstellung auf SvxItems.
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+inline const SvxPostureItem      &SwAttrSet::GetPosture(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxPostureItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_POSTURE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxPostureItem      &SwAttrSet::GetCJKPosture(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxPostureItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_POSTURE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxPostureItem      &SwAttrSet::GetCTLPosture(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxPostureItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_POSTURE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxWeightItem       &SwAttrSet::GetWeight(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxWeightItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_WEIGHT,bInP); }
+inline const SvxWeightItem       &SwAttrSet::GetCJKWeight(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxWeightItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_WEIGHT,bInP); }
+inline const SvxWeightItem       &SwAttrSet::GetCTLWeight(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxWeightItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_WEIGHT,bInP); }
+inline const SvxShadowedItem     &SwAttrSet::GetShadowed(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxShadowedItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_SHADOWED,bInP); }
+inline const SvxAutoKernItem     &SwAttrSet::GetAutoKern(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxAutoKernItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_AUTOKERN,bInP); }
+inline const SvxWordLineModeItem     &SwAttrSet::GetWordLineMode(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxWordLineModeItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_WORDLINEMODE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxContourItem      &SwAttrSet::GetContour(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxContourItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CONTOUR,bInP); }
+inline const SvxKerningItem      &SwAttrSet::GetKerning(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxKerningItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_KERNING,bInP); }
+inline const SvxUnderlineItem    &SwAttrSet::GetUnderline(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxUnderlineItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_UNDERLINE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxCrossedOutItem   &SwAttrSet::GetCrossedOut(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxCrossedOutItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CROSSEDOUT,bInP); }
+inline const SvxFontHeightItem         &SwAttrSet::GetSize(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxFontHeightItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_FONTSIZE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxFontHeightItem         &SwAttrSet::GetCJKSize(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxFontHeightItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONTSIZE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxFontHeightItem         &SwAttrSet::GetCTLSize(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxFontHeightItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONTSIZE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxPropSizeItem     &SwAttrSet::GetPropSize(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxPropSizeItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_PROPORTIONALFONTSIZE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxFontItem         &SwAttrSet::GetFont(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxFontItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_FONT,bInP); }
+inline const SvxFontItem         &SwAttrSet::GetCJKFont(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxFontItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_FONT,bInP); }
+inline const SvxFontItem         &SwAttrSet::GetCTLFont(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxFontItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_FONT,bInP); }
+inline const SvxColorItem        &SwAttrSet::GetColor(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxColorItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_COLOR,bInP); }
+inline const SvxCharSetColorItem &SwAttrSet::GetCharSetColor(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxCharSetColorItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CHARSETCOLOR,bInP); }
+inline const SvxLanguageItem     &SwAttrSet::GetLanguage(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxLanguageItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_LANGUAGE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxLanguageItem     &SwAttrSet::GetCJKLanguage(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxLanguageItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CJK_LANGUAGE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxLanguageItem     &SwAttrSet::GetCTLLanguage(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxLanguageItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CTL_LANGUAGE,bInP); }
+inline const SvxEscapementItem   &SwAttrSet::GetEscapement(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxEscapementItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_ESCAPEMENT,bInP); }
+inline const SvxCaseMapItem      &SwAttrSet::GetCaseMap(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxCaseMapItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_CASEMAP,bInP); }
+inline const SvxNoHyphenItem     &SwAttrSet::GetNoHyphenHere(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxNoHyphenItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_NOHYPHEN,bInP); }
+inline const SvxBlinkItem  &SwAttrSet::GetBlink(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return (const SvxBlinkItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_BLINK,bInP); }
+inline const SvxBrushItem &SwAttrSet::GetChrBackground( BOOL bInP ) const
+    {   return (const SvxBrushItem&)Get( RES_CHRATR_BACKGROUND, bInP ); }
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *  Implementierung der Charakter-Attribut Methoden vom SwFmt
+ *  AMA: 12.10.94: Umstellung auf SvxItems.
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+inline const SvxPostureItem          &SwFmt::GetPosture(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetPosture(bInP); }
+inline const SvxWeightItem           &SwFmt::GetWeight(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetWeight(bInP); }
+inline const SvxShadowedItem         &SwFmt::GetShadowed(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetShadowed(bInP); }
+inline const SvxAutoKernItem         &SwFmt::GetAutoKern(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetAutoKern(bInP); }
+inline const SvxWordLineModeItem     &SwFmt::GetWordLineMode(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetWordLineMode(bInP); }
+inline const SvxContourItem          &SwFmt::GetContour(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetContour(bInP); }
+inline const SvxKerningItem          &SwFmt::GetKerning(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetKerning(bInP); }
+inline const SvxUnderlineItem        &SwFmt::GetUnderline(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetUnderline(bInP); }
+inline const SvxCrossedOutItem       &SwFmt::GetCrossedOut(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetCrossedOut(bInP); }
+inline const SvxFontHeightItem             &SwFmt::GetSize(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetSize(bInP); }
+inline const SvxPropSizeItem         &SwFmt::GetPropSize(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetPropSize(bInP); }
+inline const SvxFontItem             &SwFmt::GetFont(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetFont(bInP); }
+inline const SvxColorItem            &SwFmt::GetColor(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetColor(bInP); }
+inline const SvxCharSetColorItem     &SwFmt::GetCharSetColor(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetCharSetColor(bInP); }
+inline const SvxLanguageItem         &SwFmt::GetLanguage(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetLanguage(bInP); }
+inline const SvxEscapementItem       &SwFmt::GetEscapement(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetEscapement(bInP); }
+inline const SvxCaseMapItem          &SwFmt::GetCaseMap(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetCaseMap(bInP); }
+inline const SvxNoHyphenItem         &SwFmt::GetNoHyphenHere(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetNoHyphenHere(bInP); }
+inline const SvxBlinkItem            &SwFmt::GetBlink(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetBlink(bInP); }
+inline const SvxBrushItem            &SwFmt::GetChrBackground(BOOL bInP) const
+    {   return aSet.GetChrBackground(bInP); }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/charfmt.hxx b/sw/inc/charfmt.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0209942b6472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/charfmt.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: charfmt.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _CHARFMT_HXX
+#define _CHARFMT_HXX
+
+#ifndef _FORMAT_HXX
+#include <format.hxx>
+#endif
+
+class SwCharFmt : public SwFmt
+{
+    friend class SwDoc;
+    friend class SwTxtFmtColl;
+
+    SwCharFmt( SwAttrPool& rPool, const sal_Char* pFmtName,
+                SwCharFmt *pDerivedFrom )
+          : SwFmt( rPool, pFmtName, aCharFmtSetRange, pDerivedFrom, RES_CHRFMT )
+    {}
+    SwCharFmt( SwAttrPool& rPool, const String &rFmtName,
+                SwCharFmt *pDerivedFrom )
+          : SwFmt( rPool, rFmtName, aCharFmtSetRange, pDerivedFrom, RES_CHRFMT )
+    {}
+
+
+public:
+    TYPEINFO();    //Bereits in Basisklasse Client drin.
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/chpfld.hxx b/sw/inc/chpfld.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fcca48550201
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/chpfld.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: chpfld.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _CHPFLD_HXX
+#define _CHPFLD_HXX
+
+#include "fldbas.hxx"
+
+class SwFrm;
+class SwTxtNode;
+
+#ifndef _UNOOBJ_HXX
+#include <unoobj.hxx>
+#endif
+
+enum SwChapterFormat
+{
+    CF_BEGIN,
+    CF_NUMBER = CF_BEGIN,       // nur die Kapitelnummer
+    CF_TITLE,                   // nur die "Ueberschrift"
+    CF_NUM_TITLE,               // Kapitelnummer und "Ueberschrift"
+    CF_NUMBER_NOPREPST,         // nur die Kapitelnummer ohne Post/Prefix
+    CF_NUM_NOPREPST_TITLE,      // Kapitelnummer ohne Post/Prefix und "Ueberschrift"
+    CF_END
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Kapitel
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwChapterFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+public:
+    SwChapterFieldType();
+
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+
+};
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Kapitelnummer
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+class SwChapterField : public SwField
+{
+    friend class SwChapterFieldType;
+    BYTE nLevel;
+    String sTitle, sNumber, sPre, sPost;
+public:
+    SwChapterField(SwChapterFieldType*, ULONG nFmt = 0);
+
+    void ChangeExpansion( const SwFrm*, const SwTxtNode*, BOOL bSrchNum = FALSE);
+
+    virtual String   Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField* Copy() const;
+
+    inline BYTE GetLevel() const;
+    inline void SetLevel(BYTE);
+
+    inline const String& GetNumber() const;
+    inline const String& GetTitle() const;
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+inline BYTE SwChapterField::GetLevel() const    { return nLevel; }
+inline void SwChapterField::SetLevel(BYTE nLev) { nLevel = nLev; }
+inline const String& SwChapterField::GetNumber() const { return sNumber; }
+inline const String& SwChapterField::GetTitle() const { return sTitle; }
+
+#endif // _CHPFLD_HXX
diff --git a/sw/inc/cmdid.h b/sw/inc/cmdid.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..175464741804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/cmdid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1225 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: cmdid.h,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+/******************************************************************************
+Achtung: Ab sofort sind in diesem File keine C++-Kommentare (//) mehr
+         erlaubt, da es von swicli.c included wird!
+******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _SFX_HRC
+#include <sfx2/sfx.hrc>
+#endif
+
+/* Flags die mittels des Disable-Features in den Slot-Definitionen ausgenutzt
+ * werden */
+#define SW_DISABLE_ON_PROTECTED_CURSOR  0x00000001
+#define SW_DISABLE_ON_MAILBOX_EDITOR    0x00000002
+
+
+#define FN_FILE                 SID_SW_START
+#define FN_EDIT                 (SID_SW_START +  100)
+#define FN_VIEW                 (SID_SW_START +  200)
+#define FN_INSERT               (SID_SW_START +  300)
+#define FN_FORMAT               (SID_SW_START +  400)
+#define FN_EXTRA                (SID_SW_START +  600)
+#define FN_WINDOW               (SID_SW_START +  700)
+#define FN_HELP                 (SID_SW_START +  800)
+#define FN_SELECTION            (SID_SW_START +  900)
+#define FN_QUERY                (SID_SW_START + 1000)
+#define FN_ENVELP               (SID_SW_START + 1050)
+#define FN_PARAM                (SID_SW_START + 1100)
+#define FN_STAT                 (SID_SW_START + 1180)
+#define FN_PRNOPT               (SID_SW_START + 1200)
+#define FN_PGPREVIEW            (SID_SW_START + 1250)
+#define FN_FRAME                (SID_SW_START + 1300)
+#define FN_INSERT2              (SID_SW_START + 1400)
+#define FN_FORMAT2              (SID_SW_START + 1600)
+#define FN_EDIT2                (SID_SW_START + 1800)
+#define FN_QUERY2               (SID_SW_START + 2000)
+#define FN_EXTRA2               (SID_SW_START + 2200)
+#define FN_PARAM2               (SID_SW_START + 2400)
+
+#define HELP_OFFSET                 1100
+#define CMD_STR_OFFSET              2200
+#define CMD_STR_OFFSET_MULTILANG    3300
+#define CMDID_END                   5500
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Datei
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define FN_CLOSE_FILE           (FN_FILE + 1 )    /* Schliessen */
+#define FN_LAUNCH_REGISTRY      (FN_FILE + 2 )    /* Ablage */
+
+
+#define FN_NEW_GLOBAL_DOC       (FN_FILE + 4 )    /* Globaldokument erzeugen */
+#define FN_NEW_FILE             (FN_FILE + 5 )    /* Neu */
+#define FN_NEW_FILE_DLG         (FN_FILE + 6 )    /* Neu Dialog */
+#define FN_OPEN_FILE            (FN_FILE + 7 )    /* Oeffnen */
+#define FN_EDIT_FILE            (FN_FILE + 8 )    /* Oeffnen oder ToTop */
+
+#define FN_INETFILE             (FN_FILE + 9 )    /* Internet File-Dialog */
+
+#define FN_PRINT_FILE           (FN_FILE + 10)    /* Drucken */
+#define FN_PRINT_FILE_OPTIONS   (FN_FILE + 11)    /* Drucken Optionen */
+#define FN_SAVE_FILE_AS         (FN_FILE + 12)    /* Speichern unter */
+#define FN_SAVE_FILE            (FN_FILE + 13)    /* Speichern */
+#define FN_SETUP_PRINTER        (FN_FILE + 14)    /* Druckereinstellung */
+#define FN_SETUP_PRINTER_DLG    (FN_FILE + 15)    /* Druckereinstellung */
+#define FN_SHOW_PREVIEW         (FN_FILE + 16)    /* Druckbild */
+#define FN_EXIT                 (FN_FILE + 17)    /* Writer beenden */
+#define FN_PRINT_CFG_DLG        (FN_FILE + 18)    /* Optionen Drucken */
+
+
+
+#define FN_SAVE_ALL             (FN_FILE + 23)    /* Alle Files speichern */
+#define FN_NEW_FILE_DEFAULT     (FN_FILE + 24)    /* Neue Datei mit Standardvorlage */
+#define FN_PRINT_FILE_DEFAULT   (FN_FILE + 25)    /* Drucken mit Defaults */
+#define FN_LAUNCH_EQ_EDITOR     (FN_FILE + 26)    /* Formel Editor */
+#define FN_CHANGE_PRINTER       (FN_FILE + 27)    /* Drucker einstellen */
+#define FN_FAX_END              (FN_FILE + 29)    /* Faxen fertig, Id fuer PostMessage */
+
+#define FN_SELECT_DATABASE      (FN_FILE + 30)    /* Selektion Datenbank */
+#define FN_DOC_INFO_DLG         (FN_FILE + 31)    /* Dokumentinfo */
+#define FN_DOC_MGR_DLG          (FN_FILE + 32)    /* Dokument-Manager */
+
+#define FN_GET_DOCSTAT          (FN_FILE + 33)    /* Dokumentstatistik einzeln auslesen */
+
+
+#define FN_SAVE_SELECTION       (FN_FILE + 35)    /* Selektion speichern */
+
+#define FN_OUTLINE_TO_IMPRESS   (FN_FILE + 36)  /* Outline zu StarImpress senden */
+#define FN_OUTLINE_TO_CLIPBOARD (FN_FILE + 37)  /* Outline in das Clipboad copieren */
+
+#define FN_NEW_HTML_DOC         (FN_FILE + 40 ) /* HTML-Dokument "erzeugen" */
+
+#define FN_APP_START            (FN_FILE + 98)  /* fuer Makro bei App.Start */
+#define FN_APP_END              (FN_FILE + 99)  /* fuer Makro bei App.Ende */
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Bearbeiten
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define FN_CLEAR                (FN_EDIT + 1 )    /* Loeschen */
+#define FN_COPY                 (FN_EDIT + 2 )    /* Kopieren */
+#define FN_CUT                  (FN_EDIT + 3 )    /* Ausschneiden */
+#define FN_EDIT_FIELD           (FN_EDIT + 4 )    /* Textbefehl bearbeiten */
+#define FN_EDIT_FIELD_DLG       (FN_EDIT + 5 )    /* Textbefehl bearbeiten */
+#define FN_EDIT_FILE_INFO       (FN_EDIT + 6 )    /* Dokumentinfo */
+#define FN_EDIT_FILE_INFO_DLG   (FN_EDIT + 7 )    /* Dokumentinfo Dialog */
+#define FN_EDIT_LINK            (FN_EDIT + 8 )    /* Verknuepfungen */
+#define FN_EDIT_LINK_DLG        (FN_EDIT + 9 )    /* Verknuepfungen */
+#define FN_GOTO                 (FN_EDIT + 11)    /* Gehe zu */
+
+#define FN_PASTE                (FN_EDIT + 13)    /* Einfuegen */
+#define FN_PASTESPECIAL         (FN_EDIT + 14)    /* Verknuepfung einfuegen */
+#define FN_PASTESPECIAL_DLG     (FN_EDIT + 15)    /* Verknuepfung einfuegen */
+
+#define FN_NUMBER_BULLETS       (FN_EDIT + 21)    /* Bullets */
+#define FN_REPEAT               (FN_EDIT + 22)    /* Letzten Befehl wiederholen */
+#define FN_EDIT_IDX_ENTRY_DLG   (FN_EDIT + 23)    /* Index-Entry bearbeiten */
+#define FN_UPDATE_FIELDS        (FN_EDIT + 26)    /* Feldinhalte erneuern */
+#define FN_EXECUTE_MACROFIELD   (FN_EDIT + 27)    /* Macrofeld ausfuehren */
+#define FN_EDIT_FORMULA         (FN_EDIT + 28)    /* Formel in RibbonBar bearbeiten */
+#define FN_CALC_TABLE           (FN_EDIT + 29)    /* Tabelle durchrechnen */
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Bullets
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_DOWN      (FN_EDIT + 30)  /* Runterstufen */
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_UP        (FN_EDIT + 31)  /* Raufstufen */
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_PREV      (FN_EDIT + 32)  /* zum vorigen Eintrag */
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_NEXT      (FN_EDIT + 33)  /* zum naechsten Eintrag */
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_MOVEUP    (FN_EDIT + 34)  /* nach oben schieben */
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_MOVEDOWN  (FN_EDIT + 35)  /* nach unten schieben */
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_NONUM     (FN_EDIT + 36)  /* Eintrag ohne Nummer */
+#ifndef FN_NUM_BULLET_OFF //in SVX already
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_OFF       (FN_EDIT + 37)  /* Numerierung aus */
+#endif
+
+
+// schon im SVX
+//#define FN_NUM_BULLET_ON      (FN_EDIT + 38)  /* Numerierung mit Bullets an */
+
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_OUTLINE_DOWN      (FN_EDIT + 39)  /* Runterstufen mit Unterpunkten */
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_OUTLINE_UP        (FN_EDIT + 40)  /* Raufstufen mit Unterpunkten */
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_OUTLINE_MOVEUP    (FN_EDIT + 41)  /* nach oben schieben mit Unterpunkten */
+#define FN_NUM_BULLET_OUTLINE_MOVEDOWN  (FN_EDIT + 42)  /* nach unten schieben mit Unterpunkten */
+#define FN_UPDATE_INPUTFIELDS           (FN_EDIT + 43)  /* Eingabefelder updaten */
+// schon im SVX
+//#define FN_NUM_NUMBERING_ON   (FN_EDIT + 44)  /* Numerierung an */
+
+#define FN_NUM_OR_NONUM         (FN_EDIT + 46)  /* Nummer ein-/aus */
+
+#define FN_GOTO_NEXT_INPUTFLD   (FN_EDIT + 47)  /* zum naechsten EingabeFeld    */
+#define FN_GOTO_PREV_INPUTFLD   (FN_EDIT + 48)  /* zum vorherigen EingabeFeld   */
+
+#define FN_REPEAT_SEARCH        (FN_EDIT + 50)  /* Suche wiederholen */
+#define FN_REPEAT_REPLACE       (FN_EDIT + 51)  /* Ersetzen wiederholen */
+#define FN_UPDATE_GRAFIC        (FN_EDIT + 53)  /* Grafik aendern */
+#define FN_SETTAB_ATCURPOS      (FN_EDIT + 54)  /* Tab an der aktuellen Pos setzen */
+#define FN_SET_LR_IND_ATCURPOS  (FN_EDIT + 55)  /* EZE und LR setzen */
+#define FN_FRMCNT_TO_BODY       (FN_EDIT + 56)  /* Rahmeninhalt zu Text */
+#define FN_UPDATE_TOXBASE       (FN_EDIT + 57)  /* Naechstes Verzeichnis erneuern */
+
+#define FN_REPAGINATE           (FN_EDIT + 61)  /* Neuformatierung erzwingen */
+#define FN_EDIT_FOOTNOTE        (FN_EDIT + 62)  /* Fussnote bearbeiten */
+
+#define FN_EDIT_REGION          (FN_EDIT + 65)  /* Bereiche bearbeiten  */
+#define FN_GOTO_REFERENCE       (FN_EDIT + 66)  /* Von der Refmark zur Referenz */
+
+// schon im Svx definiert
+#define FN_NEXT_BOOKMARK        (FN_EDIT + 68)  /*  */
+#define FN_PREV_BOOKMARK        (FN_EDIT + 69)  /*  */
+
+/*Navigator ToolBoxen*/
+#define FN_SELECT_BOOKMARK           (FN_EDIT + 70)  /**/
+#define FN_ITEM_DOWN                 (FN_EDIT + 71)  /**/
+#define FN_ITEM_LEFT                 (FN_EDIT + 72)  /**/
+#define FN_ITEM_RIGHT                (FN_EDIT + 73)  /**/
+#define FN_ITEM_UP                   (FN_EDIT + 74)  /**/
+#define FN_DOWN                      (FN_EDIT + 75)  /**/
+
+#define FN_SELECT_FOOTER             (FN_EDIT + 77)  /**/
+#define FN_SELECT_FRAME              (FN_EDIT + 78)  /**/
+#define FN_SELECT_HEADER             (FN_EDIT + 79)  /**/
+#define FN_PAGENUMBER                (FN_EDIT + 80)  /**/
+#define FN_SELECT_AUTO_BOOKMARK      (FN_EDIT + 81)  /**/
+#define FN_SELECT_FOOTNOTE           (FN_EDIT + 82)  /**/
+#define FN_SELECT_SET_AUTO_BOOKMARK  (FN_EDIT + 83)  /**/
+#define FN_SELECT_TABLE              (FN_EDIT + 84)  /**/
+#define FN_SELECT_INDEX              (FN_EDIT + 85)  /**/
+#define FN_UP                        (FN_EDIT + 86)  /**/
+
+
+//#define FN_DELETE_REGION           (FN_EDIT + 89) /* Bereiche loeschen    */
+
+
+#define FN_SELECT_PARA               (FN_EDIT + 97) /* Absatz selektieren */
+
+#define FN_SELECT_CONTENT            (FN_EDIT + 99) /* Navigator - Inhaltstyp */
+
+
+
+
+#define FN_UPDATE_ALL_LINKS          (FN_EDIT2 + 24) /* alle Links updaten */
+
+#define FN_REDLINE_ON                (FN_EDIT2 + 25) /* Redlining anschalten */
+#define FN_REDLINE_SHOW              (FN_EDIT2 + 26) /* Redlining anzeigen */
+#define FN_REDLINE_COMMENT           (FN_EDIT2 + 27) /* Redlining kommentieren */
+
+#define FN_UPDATE_ALL                (FN_EDIT2 + 28) /* FN_UPDATE_ALL_LINKS,
+                                                        FN_UPDATE_FIELDS,
+                                                        FN_UPDATE_TOX,
+                                                        CalcLayout */
+
+#define FN_REDLINE_ACCEPT            (FN_EDIT2 + 29) /* Redlining annehmen/ablehnen */
+#define FN_ATTR_COLUMNS              (FN_EDIT2 + 31) /* SlotId fuer SwFmtCol */
+#define FN_EDIT_CURRENT_TOX          (FN_EDIT2 + 32) /* edit current index */
+#define FN_EDIT_AUTH_ENTRY_DLG       (FN_EDIT2 + 33) /* edit authorities entry*/
+#define FN_UPDATE_CHARTS             (FN_EDIT2 + 34) /* update all charts */
+
+#define FN_EDIT_HYPERLINK            (FN_EDIT2 + 35)    /* edit hyperlink */
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Bearbeiten
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_REFRESH_VIEW         (FN_VIEW + 1)   /* Refresh/Redraw */
+#define FN_SHOW_OUTLINE_VIEW    (FN_VIEW + 2)   /* Gliederungsansicht */
+
+#define FN_DRAW_WRAP_DLG        (FN_VIEW + 3)   /* Draw Umlauf-Dlg */
+
+#define FN_RULER                (FN_VIEW + 11)  /* Horizontales Lineal */
+
+#define FN_VIEW_GRAPHIC         (FN_VIEW + 13)  /* Grafiken anzeigen */
+#define FN_VIEW_BOUNDS          (FN_VIEW + 14)  /* Begrenzungen */
+#define FN_VIEW_FIELDS          (FN_VIEW + 15)  /* Textbefehle */
+#define FN_VLINEAL              (FN_VIEW + 16)  /* Vertikales Lineal */
+#define FN_VSCROLLBAR           (FN_VIEW + 17)  /* Vertikaler Scrollbar */
+#define FN_HSCROLLBAR           (FN_VIEW + 18)  /* Horizontaler Scrollbar */
+#define FN_TOOLBOX_TOGGLE       (FN_VIEW + 19)  /* Toolboxinhalte umschalten */
+#define FN_VIEWOPTIONS_ON       (FN_VIEW + 20)  /* Gruppe Viewoptions an */
+#define FN_VIEWOPTIONS_OFF      (FN_VIEW + 21)  /* Gruppe Viewoptions aus */
+#define FN_CONTROLS_ON          (FN_VIEW + 22)  /* Gruppe Bedienelemte an */
+#define FN_CONTROLS_OFF         (FN_VIEW + 23)  /* Gruppe Bedienelemte aus */
+
+#define FN_VIEW_META_CHARS      (FN_VIEW + 24)  /* Sonderzeichen anzeigen */
+#define FN_VIEW_MARKS           (FN_VIEW + 25)  /* Markierungen anzeigen */
+#define FN_VIEW_FIELDNAME       (FN_VIEW + 26)  /* Feldname anzeigen */
+#define FN_VIEW_TABLEGRID       (FN_VIEW + 27)  /* Tabellenbegrenzungen anzeigen */
+
+#define FN_LAUNCH_SIM           (FN_VIEW + 28)  /* StarImage starten */
+#define FN_SET_PAGE             (FN_VIEW + 29)  /* Seitenvorlage am Absatz setzen */
+
+#define FN_TOOLBOX_SWITCH       (FN_VIEW + 30)  /* Auf Textshell umschalten */
+
+
+//noch mehr Navigator
+#define FN_CONTENT_LB           (FN_VIEW + 32)  /**/
+#define FN_SHOW_CONTENT_BOX     (FN_VIEW + 33)  /**/
+#define FN_SHOW_ROOT            (FN_VIEW + 34)  /**/
+#define FN_DROP_REGION          (FN_VIEW + 35)  /**/
+#define FN_OUTLINE_LEVEL        (FN_VIEW + 36)  /**/
+
+#define FN_PRINT_LAYOUT         (FN_VIEW + 37)  /* invertierter BrowseMode */
+
+#define FN_DROP_REGION_LINK     (FN_VIEW + 38)  /**/
+#define FN_DROP_REGION_COPY     (FN_VIEW + 39)  /**/
+
+#define FN_SCROLL_NAVIGATION    (FN_VIEW + 40)  /* Navigationscontroller am Scrollbar*/
+#define FN_SCROLL_NEXT_PREV     (FN_VIEW + 41)  /* arbeitet den MoveType ab */
+
+#define FN_VIEW_HIDDEN_PARA     (FN_VIEW + 42)  /* Versteckte Absaetze */
+#define FN_VIEW_SMOOTH_SCROLL   (FN_VIEW + 43)
+
+#define FN_GLOBAL_SWITCH        (FN_VIEW + 44)  /* umschalten zw. Global und Inhalt*/
+#define FN_GLOBAL_EDIT          (FN_VIEW + 45)  /* bearbeiten */
+#define FN_GLOBAL_UPDATE        (FN_VIEW + 46)  /* aktualisieren */
+#define FN_GLOBAL_OPEN          (FN_VIEW + 47)  /* oeffnen */
+#define FN_GLOBAL_SAVE_CONTENT  (FN_VIEW + 48)  /* Inhalt der Verknuepfung mitspeichern */
+#define FN_CREATE_NAVIGATION    (FN_VIEW + 49)  /* Navigations-Controller erzeugen */
+#define FN_PREVIEW_PRINT_OPTIONS (FN_VIEW + 50)  /* Optionsdialog Preview drucken */
+#define FN_PREVIEW_ZOOM          (FN_VIEW + 51)  /* der Tabellencontroller fuer den Zoom */
+
+#define FN_SET_MODOPT_TBLNUMFMT  (FN_VIEW + 52) /* Zahlenerkennung in Tabellen */
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Einfuegen
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+// schon im Svx definiert
+#define FN_INSERT_BOOKMARK      (FN_INSERT + 2 )  /* Sprungmarke einfuegen */
+
+// schon im SVX unter der gleichen Id
+//#define FN_INSERT_BREAK       (FN_INSERT + 3 )  /* Umbruch */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_BREAK_DLG     (FN_INSERT + 4 )  /* Umbruch */
+#define FN_INSERT_COLUMN_BREAK  (FN_INSERT + 5 )  /* Spaltenumbruch */
+#define FN_INSERT_DATE_TIME     (FN_INSERT + 6 )  /* Datum/Uhrzeit */
+#define FN_INSERT_FIELD         (FN_INSERT + 8 )  /* Textbefehl */
+#define FN_CHANGE_DBFIELD       (FN_INSERT + 9 )  /* Datenbankfeld aendern */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_CAPTION       (FN_INSERT + 10)    /* Beschriftung */
+#define FN_INSERT_FOOTNOTE_DLG  (FN_INSERT + 12)    /* Dialog Fussnote */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_REF_FIELD     (FN_INSERT + 13)  /* Refernzfeld einfuegen */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_HYPERLINK     (FN_INSERT + 14)    /* Zeichendialog/HyperlinkPage*/
+
+#define FN_INSERT_INDEX         (FN_INSERT + 16)    /* Stichworteintrag */
+#define FN_INSERT_INDEX_DLG     (FN_INSERT + 17)    /* Stichworteintrag */
+#define FN_INSERT_LINEBREAK     (FN_INSERT + 18)    /* Zeilenumbruch */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_OBJECT        (FN_INSERT + 21)    /* Object */
+#define FN_INSERT_OBJECT_DLG    (FN_INSERT + 22)    /* Object */
+#define FN_INSERT_PAGEBREAK     (FN_INSERT + 23)    /* Seitenumbruch */
+#define FN_INSERT_PAGENO        (FN_INSERT + 24)    /* Seitennummer */
+#define FN_INSERT_PARAGRAPH     (FN_INSERT + 25)    /* Absatz */
+#define FN_INSERT_RECORD        (FN_INSERT + 26)    /* Datensatz einfuegen */
+#define FN_MERGE_RECORD         (FN_INSERT + 27)    /* Datensatz mischen */
+#define FN_INSERT_SYMBOL        (FN_INSERT + 28)    /* Sonderzeichen */
+#define FN_POSTIT               (FN_INSERT + 29)    /* PostIt einfuegen/bearbeiten */
+#define FN_INSERT_TABLE         (FN_INSERT + 30)    /* Tabelle */
+// schon im Svx definiert
+#define FN_INSERT_COLS          (FN_INSERT + 32)    /* Spalten einfuegen */
+#define FN_INSERT_FRAME_INTERACT (FN_INSERT + 33)   /* Rahmen einfuegen aktiv */
+#define FN_INSERT_FRAME         (FN_INSERT + 34)    /* Rahmen einfuegen */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_IDX_ENTRY_DLG (FN_INSERT + 35)    /* Verzeichniseintrag einfuegen */
+#define FN_INSERT_FRAME_INTERACT_NOCOL (FN_INSERT + 36) /*insert interactive non column frame*/
+
+#define FN_INSERT_SOFT_HYPHEN   (FN_INSERT + 43)    /* weicher Trenner */
+#define FN_INSERT_HARD_SPACE    (FN_INSERT + 44)    /* hartes Space */
+#define FN_INSERT_REGION        (FN_INSERT + 45)    /* Bereich einfuegen */
+
+
+
+#define FN_TOOL_GROUP           (FN_INSERT + 47)    /* Objekte gruppieren */
+#define FN_TOOL_UNGROUP         (FN_INSERT + 48)    /* Gruppierng aufheben */
+
+#define FN_TOOL_ANKER           (FN_INSERT + 49)    /* Draw-Objekt umankern */
+#define FN_TOOL_ANKER_PAGE      (FN_INSERT + 50)    /* Draw-Objekt an Seite verankern */
+#define FN_TOOL_ANKER_PARAGRAPH (FN_INSERT + 51)    /* Draw-Objekt am Absatz verankern */
+#define FN_TOOL_HIERARCHIE      (FN_INSERT + 52)    /* Hierarchie aendern */
+#define FN_TOOL_VMIRROR         (FN_INSERT + 53)    /* Objekt in unteren Layer */
+#define FN_TOOL_HMIRROR         (FN_INSERT + 54)    /* Objekt in oberen Layer */
+
+//#define FN_QRY_OPEN_DB            (FN_INSERT + 55)    /* Datenbank oeffnen (Basic) */
+//#define FN_QRY_DEFINE_DB      (FN_INSERT + 56)    /* Neue Datenbankdefinition anlegen (Basic) */
+//#define FN_QRY_SELECT         (FN_INSERT + 57)    /* SQL-Statement angeben (Basic) */
+//#define FN_QRY_TO_FIRST_REC       (FN_INSERT + 58)    /* Ersten Datensatz anwaehlen (Basic) */
+//#define FN_QRY_TO_NEXT_REC        (FN_INSERT + 59)    /* Naechsten Datensatz anwaehlen (Basic) */
+//#define FN_QRY_TO_REC         (FN_INSERT + 60)    /* Bestimmten Datensatz anwaehlen (Basic) */
+//#define FN_QRY_GET_RECORD_ID  (FN_INSERT + 61)    /* Datensatznummer erfragen (Basic) */
+//#define FN_QRY_GET_COLUMN_NUM (FN_INSERT + 62)    /* Anzahl der Spalten (Basic) */
+
+#define FN_QRY                  (FN_INSERT + 63)    /* Datensatz einfuegen */
+#define FN_QRY_MERGE            (FN_INSERT + 64)    /* Datensatz einfuegen (Serienbrief) */
+#define FN_QRY_OPEN_TABLE       (FN_INSERT + 65)    /* Datenbank oeffnen (Basic) */
+#define FN_TOOL_ANKER_FRAME     (FN_INSERT + 66)    /* Draw-Objekt am Rahmen verankern */
+//#define FN_QRY_SWITCH             (FN_INSERT + 67)    /* Auf eine bestimmte Datenbank umschalten */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_SIM           (FN_INSERT + 68)    /* Einfuegen StarImage */
+#define FN_INSERT_SMA           (FN_INSERT + 69)    /* Einfuegen StarMath  */
+
+#define FN_QRY_GET_COLUMN_NAME  (FN_INSERT + 70)    /* Anzahl der Spalten (Basic) */
+#define FN_QRY_GET_COLUMN_TYPE  (FN_INSERT + 71)    /* Type des Datenbankfeldes ermitteln (Basic) */
+#define FN_QRY_GET_COLUMN_TEXT  (FN_INSERT + 72)    /* Inhalt des aktuellen Datensatzes (Basic) */
+#define FN_QRY_DEL_DEFINED_DB   (FN_INSERT + 75)    /* Datenbankdefinition loeschen (Basic) */
+
+#define FN_DRAWTEXT_ATTR_DLG    (FN_INSERT + 76)    /* DrawText positionieren */
+
+#define FN_QRY_APPEND_RECORD    (FN_INSERT + 77)    /* Neuen Datensatz anhaengen */
+#define FN_QRY_UPDATE_RECORD    (FN_INSERT + 78)    /* Datensatzspalte aendern */
+#define FN_QRY_DELETE_RECORD    (FN_INSERT + 79)    /* Datensatz loeschen */
+#define FN_QRY_GET_PHYS_RECORD_ID (FN_INSERT + 80)  /* Physikalische (absolute) Datensatznummer erfragen (Basic) */
+
+#define FN_TOOL_ANKER_CHAR       (FN_INSERT + 84)   /* DrawObject zeichengebunden */
+#define FN_INSERT_HARDHYPHEN     (FN_INSERT + 85)   /* Bindestrich ohne Umbruch*/
+
+#define FN_QRY_INSERT           (FN_INSERT + 86)    /* Datensatz-Selektion in Text einfuegen */
+#define FN_QRY_MERGE_FIELD      (FN_INSERT + 87)    /* Datensatz-Selektion in Felder einfuegen */
+#define FN_QRY_INSERT_FIELD     (FN_INSERT + 88)    /* Datenbankfeld einfuegen */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_CTRL          (FN_INSERT + 89)    /* Werkzeugleistencontroller Einfuegen*/
+#define FN_INSERT_OBJ_CTRL      (FN_INSERT + 90)    /* Werkzeugleistencontroller Einfuegen/Objekt*/
+#define FN_INSERT_FIELD_CTRL    (FN_INSERT + 91)    /* Werkzeugleistencontroller Einfuegen/Feldbefehle*/
+
+#define FN_INSERT_FLD_DATE      (FN_INSERT + 92)
+#define FN_INSERT_FLD_TIME      (FN_INSERT + 93)
+#define FN_INSERT_FLD_PGNUMBER  (FN_INSERT + 94)
+#define FN_INSERT_FLD_PGCOUNT   (FN_INSERT + 95)
+#define FN_INSERT_FLD_TOPIC     (FN_INSERT + 96)
+#define FN_INSERT_FLD_TITLE     (FN_INSERT + 97)
+#define FN_INSERT_FLD_AUTHOR    (FN_INSERT + 98)
+#define FN_INSERT_FOOTNOTE      (FN_INSERT + 99)
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Einfuegen (2.Teil)
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_QRY_GET_ALL_DBNAME   (FN_INSERT2 + 1)    /* Alle konfigurierten Datenabanknamen ermitteln */
+#define FN_QRY_GET_DBNAME_COUNT (FN_INSERT2 + 2)    /* Anzahl aller konfigurierten Datenabanknamen */
+#define FN_QRY_GET_TABLE_NAME   (FN_INSERT2 + 3)    /* Tabellenname einer Datenbank ermitteln */
+#define FN_QRY_GET_TABLE_COUNT  (FN_INSERT2 + 4)    /* Anzahl aller Tabellen einer Datenbank ermitteln */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_HEADER        (FN_INSERT2 + 5)    /* Kopfzeile im Html-mode ein/ausschalten */
+#define FN_INSERT_FOOTER        (FN_INSERT2 + 6)    /* Fuázeile im Html-mode ein/ausschalten */
+#define FN_SBA_BRW_UPDATE       (FN_INSERT2 + 7)    /* Datensaetze in Felder einfuegen */
+#define FN_SBA_BRW_INSERT       (FN_INSERT2 + 8)    /* Datensaetze in Text einfuegen */
+#define FN_SBA_BRW_MERGE        (FN_INSERT2 + 9)    /* Serienbriefdruck */
+#define FN_JAVAEDIT             (FN_INSERT2 + 10)   /* Scriptfeld bearbeiten */
+#define FN_INSERT_HRULER        (FN_INSERT2 + 11)   /* horiz. Grafiklinie einfuegen */
+#define FN_TOOL_ANKER_AT_CHAR   (FN_INSERT2 + 12)   /* Object zeichengebunden */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_PAGEHEADER    (FN_INSERT2 + 13)   /* Standard Kopfzeile einfuegen */
+#define FN_INSERT_PAGEFOOTER    (FN_INSERT2 + 14)   /* Standard Fusszeile einfuegen */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_ENDNOTE           (FN_INSERT2 + 18)   /* Endnote einfuegen*/
+#define FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION    (FN_INSERT2 + 19)   /* Spaltigen Bereich einfügen */
+
+#define FN_INSERT_MULTI_TOX         (FN_INSERT2 + 20)   /* insert any TOX */
+#define FN_INSERT_AUTH_ENTRY_DLG    (FN_INSERT2 + 21)   /* insert entry for table of authorities*/
+
+#define FN_SECTION_APPENDNODE       (FN_INSERT2 + 22)   /* insert an Paragraph behind the current section*/
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Format
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_AUTOFORMAT_APPLY     (FN_FORMAT + 1 ) /* Autoformat-Optionen anwenden */
+#define FN_AUTOFORMAT_AUTO      (FN_FORMAT + 2 ) /* Autoformat waehrend der Eingabe */
+#define FN_GROW_FONT_SIZE       (FN_FORMAT + 3 ) /* Groesse */
+#define FN_SHRINK_FONT_SIZE     (FN_FORMAT + 4 ) /* Groesse */
+#define FN_UNDERLINE_DOUBLE     (FN_FORMAT + 5 ) /* Doppelt unterstreichen */
+#define FN_AUTOFORMAT_REDLINE_APPLY (FN_FORMAT + 6 ) /* Autoformat mit Redlining anwenden */
+#define FN_SET_SUPER_SCRIPT     (FN_FORMAT + 11) /* Hochstellung */
+#define FN_SET_SUB_SCRIPT       (FN_FORMAT + 12) /* Tiefstellung */
+
+#define FN_SET_CASEMAP          (FN_FORMAT + 14) /* CaseMap */
+#define FN_SET_LANGUAGE         (FN_FORMAT + 15) /* Sprache */
+#define FN_SET_KERNING          (FN_FORMAT + 16) /* Kerning */
+
+#define FN_INDENT_TO_TABSTOP    (FN_FORMAT + 17) /* Einrueckung auf die naechste Tabpostion */
+//schon in svxids.hrc
+//#define FN_SET_JUSTIFY_PARA   (FN_FORMAT + 21) /* Ausrichtung Absatz */
+#define FN_FLIP_HORZ_GRAFIC     (FN_FORMAT + 25) /* Spiegeln horizontal */
+#define FN_FLIP_VERT_GRAFIC     (FN_FORMAT + 26) /* Spiegeln vertikal */
+#define FN_SET_LINE_SPACE       (FN_FORMAT + 27) /* Zeilenabstand parametrisiert */
+#define FN_SET_ADJUST           (FN_FORMAT + 28) /* Ausrichtung parametrisiert */
+#define FN_SET_LRMARGIN         (FN_FORMAT + 29) /* linker/rechter Rand */
+#define FN_SET_ULMARGIN         (FN_FORMAT + 30) /* oberer/unterer Rand */
+#define FN_UNINDENT_TO_TABSTOP  (FN_FORMAT + 31) /* Einrueckung auf die vorgige Tabpostion */
+
+#define FN_SET_HYPHEN_ZONE      (FN_FORMAT + 32) /* Silbentrennung */
+#define FN_SET_KEEP_TOGETHER    (FN_FORMAT + 34) /* nicht trennen */
+#define FN_SET_KEEP_WITH_NEXT   (FN_FORMAT + 35) /* mit folgendem zus. */
+#define FN_SET_WIDOW            (FN_FORMAT + 36) /* Widows */
+#define FN_SET_ORPHAN           (FN_FORMAT + 37) /* Orphans */
+
+
+#define FN_REGISTER_COLLECTION  (FN_FORMAT + 43)  /* Referenzvorlage an der Seite */
+#define FN_REGISTER_MODE        (FN_FORMAT + 44)  /* Registermodus an/aus */
+#define FN_NUM_FORMAT_TABLE_DLG     (FN_FORMAT + 45)  /* Zahlenformat in Tabelle */
+#define FN_FORMAT_BORDER_DLG        (FN_FORMAT + 48)  /* Umrandung */
+#define FN_FORMAT_PAGE_COLUMN_DLG   (FN_FORMAT + 49)  /* Spalten pro Seite */
+#define FN_FORMAT_BACKGROUND_DLG    (FN_FORMAT + 50)  /* Hintergrund */
+#define FN_FORMAT_PAGE              (FN_FORMAT + 51)  /* Seite */
+#define FN_FORMAT_PAGE_DLG          (FN_FORMAT + 52)  /* Seite */
+#define FN_FORMAT_COLUMN            (FN_FORMAT + 53)  /* Spalten */
+#define FN_FORMAT_DROPCAPS          (FN_FORMAT + 54)  /* Initialien */
+#define FN_FORMAT_FRAME             (FN_FORMAT + 55)  /* Rahmen */
+#define FN_FORMAT_FRAME_DLG         (FN_FORMAT + 56)  /* Rahmen */
+#define FN_FORMAT_GRAFIC            (FN_FORMAT + 57)  /* Grafik */
+#define FN_FORMAT_GRAFIC_DLG        (FN_FORMAT + 58)  /* Grafik */
+#define FN_FORMAT_TABLE             (FN_FORMAT + 59)  /* Tabelle */
+#define FN_FORMAT_TABLE_DLG         (FN_FORMAT + 60)  /* Tabelle */
+#define FN_FORMAT_OLE_DLG           (FN_FORMAT + 61)  /* OLE bearbeiten */
+
+#define FN_NEW_STYLE_BY_EXAMPLE     (FN_FORMAT + 62)  /* Vorlage erzeugen by Example */
+#define FN_UPDATE_STYLE_BY_EXAMPLE  (FN_FORMAT + 63)  /* Vorlage aktualisieren */
+#define FN_STYLE_SHEET_FRAME_DLG    (FN_FORMAT + 64)  /* Rahmenvorlage */
+#define FN_STYLE_SHEET_DOC_DLG      (FN_FORMAT + 65)  /* Dokumentvorlage */
+#define FN_STYLE_SHEET_GRAFIK_DLG   (FN_FORMAT + 66)  /* Dokumentvorlage */
+#define FN_FORMAT_FOOTNOTE          (FN_FORMAT + 67)  /* Fussnoten */
+#define FN_FORMAT_FOOTNOTE_DLG      (FN_FORMAT + 68)  /* Fussnoten-Dialog */
+
+// schon im Svx definiert
+//#define FN_FORMAT_RESET           (FN_FORMAT + 69)  /* Format zuruecksetzen */
+
+#define FN_FRAME_TO_TOP             (FN_FORMAT + 70)  /* Rahmen nach oben */
+#define FN_FRAME_TO_BOTTOM          (FN_FORMAT + 71)  /* Rahmen nach unten */
+
+#define FN_FRAME_NOWRAP             (FN_FORMAT + 72)  /* Rahmen kein Umlauf */
+#define FN_FRAME_WRAP               (FN_FORMAT + 73)  /* Rahmen Umlauf */
+#define FN_FRAME_WRAPTHRU           (FN_FORMAT + 74)  /* Rahmen Durchlauf */
+
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_HORZ_LEFT    (FN_FORMAT + 75)  /* Rahmen horz. links */
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_HORZ_RIGHT   (FN_FORMAT + 76)  /* Rahmen horz. rechts */
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_HORZ_CENTER  (FN_FORMAT + 77)  /* Rahmen horz. zentriert */
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_VERT_TOP     (FN_FORMAT + 78)  /* Rahmen vert. oben */
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_VERT_BOTTOM  (FN_FORMAT + 79)  /* Rahmen vert. unten */
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_VERT_CENTER  (FN_FORMAT + 80)  /* Rahmen vert. zentriert */
+
+#define FN_SET_FRM_POSITION         (FN_FORMAT + 82)/* Rahmenposition -- " -- */
+#define FN_SET_FRM_OPTIONS          (FN_FORMAT + 86)/* Rahmenoptionen -- " -- */
+
+#define FN_SET_PAGE_STYLE           (FN_FORMAT + 93)  /* Anwenden Seitenv. */
+
+
+#define FN_TABLE_REP                (FN_FORMAT + 99)  /* TableRepresentation */
+#define FN_CONVERT_TEXT_TABLE       (FN_FORMAT + 100)  /* Konvertierung Text <-> Tabelle */
+#define FN_TABLE_INSERT_ROW         (FN_FORMAT + 101)  /* Tabelle: Zeile einfuegen */
+#define FN_TABLE_INSERT_COL         (FN_FORMAT + 102)  /* Tabelle: Spalte einfuegen */
+#define FN_TABLE_DELETE_ROW         (FN_FORMAT + 103)  /* Tabelle: Zeile loeschen */
+#define FN_TABLE_DELETE_COL         (FN_FORMAT + 104)  /* Tabelle: Spalte loeschen */
+#define FN_TABLE_SPLIT_CELLS        (FN_FORMAT + 105)  /* Tabelle: Zellen teilen */
+#define FN_TABLE_MERGE_CELLS        (FN_FORMAT + 106)  /* Tabelle: Zellen verbinden */
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_ROW_HEIGHT     (FN_FORMAT + 107)  /* Tabelle: Zeilenhoehe setzen */
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_COL_WIDTH      (FN_FORMAT + 108)  /* Tabelle: Spaltenbreite setzen */
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_ULSPACE        (FN_FORMAT + 109)  /* Tabelle: oberen / unteren Abstand einstellen */
+#define FN_OPTIMIZE_TABLE           (FN_FORMAT + 110)  /* ToolBoxItem fuer Optimierung in Tabellen  */
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_SHADOW         (FN_FORMAT + 111)  /* Tabelle: Schatten einstellen */
+#define FN_TABLE_GOTO_CELL          (FN_FORMAT + 112)  /* Tabelle: Zelle anspringen */
+#define FN_TABLE_SELECT_ROW         (FN_FORMAT + 113)  /* Tabelle: Zeile selektieren */
+#define FN_TABLE_SELECT_COL         (FN_FORMAT + 114)  /* Tabelle: Spalte selektieren */
+#define FN_TABLE_SELECT_ALL         (FN_FORMAT + 115)  /* Tabelle: Tabelle selektieren */
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_READ_ONLY      (FN_FORMAT + 116)  /* Tabelle: Tabelle schuetzen */
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_READ_ONLY_CELLS (FN_FORMAT + 117)  /* Tabelle: Tabellezellen schuetzen */
+#define FN_TABLE_UNSET_READ_ONLY_CELLS  (FN_FORMAT + 119)  /* Tabelle: Tabellezellen schuetzen aufheben */
+#define FN_TABLE_HEADLINE_REPEAT    (FN_FORMAT + 120)   /* used in SwXTextTable*/
+#define FN_TABLE_ADJUST_CELLS       (FN_FORMAT + 121)  /* Tabelle: Zellen anpassen */
+
+#define FN_FRAME_UP                 (FN_FORMAT + 122)  /* Rahmen um eine Ebene nach oben */
+#define FN_FRAME_DOWN               (FN_FORMAT + 123)  /* Rahmen um eine Ebene nach unten */
+
+#define FN_TABLE_INSERT_CHART       (FN_FORMAT + 124)
+
+#define FN_SET_FRM_LRSPACE          (FN_FORMAT + 125)  /* Rahmen Seitenabstand           */
+#define FN_SET_FRM_ULSPACE          (FN_FORMAT + 126)  /* Rahmen Kopf-/Fussabstand      */
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_LRSPACE        (FN_FORMAT + 127)  /* Tabelle: linker / rechter Abstand einstellen */
+#define FN_TABLE_OPTIMAL_HEIGHT     (FN_FORMAT + 128)  /* Zellenhoehe optimal*/
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Seitenvorlage
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_NEW_PAGE_STYLE           (FN_FORMAT + 129) /* Anlegen Seitenvorlage */
+#define FN_PAGE_STYLE_SET_LR_MARGIN (FN_FORMAT + 130) /* linker / rechter Rand */
+#define FN_PAGE_STYLE_SET_UL_MARGIN (FN_FORMAT + 131) /* oberer / unterer Rand */
+#define FN_PAGE_STYLE_SET_PAGE      (FN_FORMAT + 134) /* linke, rechte...  */
+#define FN_PAGE_STYLE_SET_PAPER_SIZE (FN_FORMAT + 135) /* Papiergroesse */
+#define FN_PAGE_STYLE_SET_PAPER_BIN (FN_FORMAT + 136) /* Druckerschacht */
+#define FN_PAGE_STYLE_SET_NUMBER_FORMAT (FN_FORMAT + 137) /* Numerierungsart */
+#define FN_PAGE_STYLE_SET_COLS      (FN_FORMAT + 138) /* Spaltenanzahl */
+
+
+/* OS: Diese Ids werden nur noch fuer die Hilfe benoetigt und sind fuer den
+ Dialog durch die Ids ohne _DLG ersetzt*/
+#define FN_TABLE_INSERT_COL_DLG     (FN_FORMAT + 142)  /* Tabelle: Dlg. Spalte einfuegen */
+#define FN_TABLE_INSERT_ROW_DLG     (FN_FORMAT + 143)  /* Tabelle: Dlg. Zeile einfuegen */
+
+
+
+//hier geht's weiter !
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Ribbon
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_SET_BACKGROUND_COLOR     (FN_FORMAT + 150)  /* Hintergrundfarbe */
+
+#define FN_SET_BORDER_POS           (FN_FORMAT + 152)  /* Position Umrandung */
+#define FN_SET_BORDER_LINES         (FN_FORMAT + 153)  /* Linienart Umrandung */
+#define FN_SET_BORDER_COLOR         (FN_FORMAT + 154)  /* Farbe Umrandung */
+
+#define FN_FORMULA_CALC             (FN_FORMAT + 156)  /* Formelauswahl */
+#define FN_FORMULA_CANCEL           (FN_FORMAT + 157)  /* Formel nicht uebernehmen */
+#define FN_FORMULA_APPLY            (FN_FORMAT + 158)  /* Formel uebernehmen */
+
+#define FN_TABLE_UNSET_READ_ONLY    (FN_FORMAT + 159)  /* Zellenschutz fuer Tab. aufheben */
+
+#define FN_FORMULA_POSITION         (FN_FORMAT + 160)  /* Positionsanzeige */
+#define FN_FORMULA_EDIT             (FN_FORMAT + 161)  /* Editfeld */
+
+
+#define FN_FRAME_WRAP_IDEAL         (FN_FORMAT + 163)  /* Rahmen Idealer Umlauf */
+#define FN_FRAME_WRAPTHRU_TRANSP    (FN_FORMAT + 164)  /* Rahmen Transparenter Durchlauf */
+
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_VERT_ROW_TOP     (FN_FORMAT + 165)  /* Rahmen vert. Zeile oben */
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_VERT_ROW_BOTTOM  (FN_FORMAT + 166)  /* Rahmen vert. Zeile unten */
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_VERT_ROW_CENTER  (FN_FORMAT + 167)  /* Rahmen vert. Zeile zentriert */
+
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_VERT_CHAR_TOP    (FN_FORMAT + 168)  /* Rahmen vert. Zeichen oben */
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_VERT_CHAR_BOTTOM (FN_FORMAT + 169)  /* Rahmen vert. Zeichen unten */
+#define FN_FRAME_ALIGN_VERT_CHAR_CENTER (FN_FORMAT + 170)  /* Rahmen vert. Zeichen zentriert */
+
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_DEF_BORDER         (FN_FORMAT + 171)  /* vordefinierte Umrandungen setzen */
+
+#define FN_FRAME_WRAP_LEFT              (FN_FORMAT + 172)  /* Rahmen Umlauf links */
+#define FN_FRAME_WRAP_RIGHT             (FN_FORMAT + 173)  /* Rahmen Umlauf links */
+
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_ROW_AUTOHEIGHT (FN_FORMAT + 174)  /* Tabelle: Minimale automatische Zeilenhoehe setzen */
+
+
+#define FN_WRAP_ANCHOR_ONLY         (FN_FORMAT + 181)  /* Umlauf nur fuer ersten Absatz */
+
+#define FN_TABLE_BALANCE_CELLS      (FN_FORMAT + 182)  /* Spalten gleichmaessig verteilen */
+#define FN_TABLE_BALANCE_ROWS       (FN_FORMAT + 183)  /* Zeilen gleichmaessig verteilen */
+
+#define FN_FRAME_WRAP_CONTOUR       (FN_FORMAT + 184)  /* Rahmen Kunturumlauf */
+
+#define FN_TABLE_VERT_NONE          (FN_FORMAT + 185)  /* vertikale Ausrichtung in Tabellenzellen */
+#define FN_TABLE_VERT_CENTER        (FN_FORMAT + 186)  /*   -"-  */
+#define FN_TABLE_VERT_BOTTOM        (FN_FORMAT + 187)  /*  -"-  */
+#define FN_TABLE_SET_VERT_ALIGN     (FN_FORMAT + 188)  /*  -"-  */
+#define FN_TABLE_MODE_FIX           (FN_FORMAT + 189)  /* Tabellenmodus */
+#define FN_TABLE_MODE_FIX_PROP      (FN_FORMAT + 190)  /*  -"-  */
+#define FN_TABLE_MODE_VARIABLE      (FN_FORMAT + 191)  /*  -"-  */
+
+#define FN_TABLE_AUTOSUM            (FN_FORMAT + 195)  /* Autosumme*/
+#define FN_SET_CONTROL_HANDLER      (FN_FORMAT + 199)  /* Macro setzen */
+
+#define FN_IS_IMAGE                  (FN_FORMAT2 + 6)   /* Numerierung : mit Grafik?*/
+
+#define FN_GOTO_NEXT_REGION          (FN_FORMAT2 + 9)   /* Naechsten Bereich anspringen */
+#define FN_GOTO_PREV_REGION          (FN_FORMAT2 + 10)  /* Vorherigen " */
+
+#define FN_GET_SBXCONTROL            (FN_FORMAT2 + 11)  /* SbxObject rausreichen */
+#define FN_ABSTRACT_NEWDOC           (FN_FORMAT2 + 12)  /* Abstract in neuem Doc */
+#define FN_ABSTRACT_STARIMPRESS      (FN_FORMAT2 + 13)  /* Abstract an StarImpress */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#define FN_NUMBER_FORMAT                    (FN_FORMAT2 + 120) /* Boxen/NumberFormatter eistellen */
+#define FN_NUMBER_STANDARD                  (FN_FORMAT2 + 121)
+#define FN_NUMBER_TWODEC                    (FN_FORMAT2 + 123)
+#define FN_NUMBER_SCIENTIFIC                (FN_FORMAT2 + 124)
+#define FN_NUMBER_DATE                      (FN_FORMAT2 + 125)
+#define FN_NUMBER_TIME                      (FN_FORMAT2 + 126)
+#define FN_NUMBER_CURRENCY                  (FN_FORMAT2 + 127)
+#define FN_NUMBER_PERCENT                   (FN_FORMAT2 + 128)
+
+
+
+#define FN_FRAME_CHAIN                      (FN_FORMAT2 + 136)
+#define FN_FRAME_UNCHAIN                    (FN_FORMAT2 + 137)
+
+#define FN_NUMBER_NEWSTART                  (FN_FORMAT2 + 138)
+#define FN_NUMBER_NEWSTART_AT               (FN_FORMAT2 + 139)
+
+#define FN_FRAME_MIRROR_ON_EVEN_PAGES       (FN_FORMAT2 + 140)
+#define FN_GRAPHIC_MIRROR_ON_EVEN_PAGES     (FN_FORMAT2 + 141)
+
+#define FN_TABLE_SPLIT_TABLE                (FN_FORMAT2 + 142)
+#define FN_SYNC_LABELS                      (FN_FORMAT2 + 143)
+
+
+#define FN_TABLE_RELATIVE_WIDTH             (FN_FORMAT2 + 147)  /* Tabelle: relative Breite - UNO */
+#define FN_TABLE_WIDTH                      (FN_FORMAT2 + 148)  /* Tabelle: Breite - UNO */
+#define FN_TABLE_IS_RELATIVE_WIDTH          (FN_FORMAT2 + 149)  /* Tabelle: ist Breite relativ?- UNO */
+
+#define FN_INC_INDENT_OFFSET                (FN_FORMAT2 + 150)
+#define FN_DEC_INDENT_OFFSET                (FN_FORMAT2 + 151)
+
+#define FN_TABLE_MERGE_TABLE                (FN_FORMAT2 + 152)
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Extras
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_LINE_NUMBERING_DLG       (FN_EXTRA + 2 )   /* Zeilennumerierung */
+#define FN_THESAURUS_DLG            (FN_EXTRA + 3 )   /* Thesaurus */
+#define FN_HYPHENATE_OPT_DLG        (FN_EXTRA + 5 )   /* Silbentrennung */
+#define FN_ADD_UNKNOWN              (FN_EXTRA + 6 )   /* Woerter lernen */
+#define FN_DICTIONARY_DLG           (FN_EXTRA + 8 )   /* Woerterbuecher */
+#define FN_NUMBERING                (FN_EXTRA + 9 )   /* Nummerierung/Bullets */
+#define FN_NUMBERING_DLG            (FN_EXTRA + 10)   /* Nummerierung/Bullets */
+#define FN_NUMBERING_OUTLINE        (FN_EXTRA + 11)   /* Gliederungsnumerierung */
+#define FN_NUMBERING_OUTLINE_DLG    (FN_EXTRA + 12)   /* Gliederungsnumerierung */
+#define FN_SORTING_DLG              (FN_EXTRA + 14)   /* Sortieren */
+#define FN_CALCULATE                (FN_EXTRA + 15)   /* Berechnen */
+#define FN_GENERATE_TOC_DLG         (FN_EXTRA + 16)   /* Inhaltsverzeichnis */
+#define FN_GENERATE_INDEX_DLG       (FN_EXTRA + 17)   /* Stichwortverzeichnis */
+#define FN_GENERATE_DIR_DLG         (FN_EXTRA + 18)   /* Verzeichnis */
+#define FN_GLOSSARY_DLG             (FN_EXTRA + 20)   /* Textbausteine */
+#define FN_MACRO_CHOOSER            (FN_EXTRA + 21)   /* Makro aufnehmen */
+#define FN_SPELLING_DLG             (FN_EXTRA + 22)   /* Rechtschreibung */
+
+#define FN_PLAY_MACRO               (FN_EXTRA + 23)   /* Makro abspielen */
+#define FN_LAUNCH_BASIC             (FN_EXTRA + 25)   /* Makro abspielen */
+#define FN_EXPAND_GLOSSARY          (FN_EXTRA + 28)   /* Textbausteine expandieren */
+#define FN_CONFIG_TOOLBOX           (FN_EXTRA + 29)   /* Konfiguration Toolbox */
+#define FN_CONFIG_MENU              (FN_EXTRA + 30)   /* Konfiguration Menu */
+#define FN_CONFIG_KEY               (FN_EXTRA + 31)   /* Konfiguration Tastatur */
+#define FN_CHANGE_PAGENUM           (FN_EXTRA + 34)   /* Seitennummer aendern */
+
+#define FN_MACRO_POPUP              (FN_EXTRA + 37)   /* Alle Macrofunktionen */
+#define FN_BULLET                   (FN_EXTRA + 38)   /* Bullet-Liste */
+
+
+//  Bereich: Gloassaries
+
+// schon im Svx definiert
+
+//#define FN_GET_GLOSSARY_GROUP_COUNT (FN_EXTRA + 42)     /* Anzahl der Bausteingruppen */
+
+#define FN_AUTO_CORRECT             (FN_EXTRA + 49 )  /* Autocorrect aus Basic */
+#define FN_AUTO_CORRECT_DLG         (FN_EXTRA + 50 )  /* Dialog Autocorrect */
+
+#define FN_UPDATE_TOX               (FN_EXTRA + 53)   /* alle Verzeichnisse aktualisieren */
+#define FN_UPDATE_CUR_TOX           (FN_EXTRA + 54)   /* aktuelles Verzeichnisse aktualisieren */
+#define FN_REMOVE_CUR_TOX           (FN_EXTRA + 55)  /* remove the current TOX*/
+
+#define FN_NAVIGATION_PI_GOTO_PAGE  (FN_EXTRA + 59 )  /* Seitenanwahl aus Navi-PI */
+
+
+#define FN_LETTER_WIZZARD           (FN_EXTRA + 60 )
+#define FN_FAX_WIZZARD              (FN_EXTRA + 61 )
+#define FN_MEMO_WIZZARD             (FN_EXTRA + 62 )
+#define FN_AGENDA_WIZZARD           (FN_EXTRA + 63 )
+
+#define FN_SET_BASIC_METRIC         (FN_EXTRA + 80) /* Defaultmetrik Basic setzen */
+
+#define FN_RESERVED_9               (FN_EXTRA + 86)   /* Platzhalter */
+#define FN_RESERVED_8               (FN_EXTRA + 87)   /* Platzhalter */
+#define FN_RESERVED_7               (FN_EXTRA + 88)   /* Platzhalter */
+#define FN_RESERVED_6               (FN_EXTRA + 89)   /* Platzhalter */
+#define FN_RESERVED_5               (FN_EXTRA + 90)   /* Platzhalter */
+#define FN_RESERVED_4               (FN_EXTRA + 91)   /* Platzhalter */
+#define FN_RESERVED_3               (FN_EXTRA + 92)   /* Platzhalter */
+#define FN_RESERVED_2               (FN_EXTRA + 93)   /* Platzhalter */
+#define FN_RESERVED_1               (FN_EXTRA + 94)   /* Platzhalter */
+
+#define FN_COLLECTION_GROUP_CNT     (FN_EXTRA + 96)
+#define FN_COLLECTION_GROUP_IDX     (FN_EXTRA + 97)
+#define FN_COLL_TYPE                (FN_EXTRA + 98)   /* Typ fuer GlobalDoc-Collection*/
+#define FN_COLL_ADD                 (FN_EXTRA + 99)
+
+#define FN_COLL_TITLE               (FN_EXTRA2 + 1)  /*  Bereichsname oder Index-Title */
+#define FN_SHADOWCURSOR             (FN_EXTRA2 + 4)  /* Shadow Cursor ein/ausschalten */
+
+
+#define FN_VIEW_IN_FRAME            (FN_EXTRA2 + 8)  /* die View befindet sich in einem FrameDoc*/
+
+#define FN_UNO_PARA_STYLE           (FN_EXTRA2 + 9)  // jetzt kommen diverse UNO-Ids fuer die
+#define FN_UNO_PAGE_STYLE           (FN_EXTRA2 + 10)  // PropertyMap
+
+#define FN_UNO_FRAME_STYLE          (FN_EXTRA2 + 12)
+#define FN_UNO_NUM_START_VALUE      (FN_EXTRA2 + 13)
+#define FN_UNO_NUM_LEVEL            (FN_EXTRA2 + 14)
+#define FN_UNO_NUM_RULES            (FN_EXTRA2 + 15)
+#define FN_UNO_DOCUMENT_INDEX_MARK  (FN_EXTRA2 + 16)
+#define FN_UNO_DOCUMENT_INDEX       (FN_EXTRA2 + 17)
+#define FN_UNO_TEXT_FIELD           (FN_EXTRA2 + 18)
+#define FN_UNO_TEXT_TABLE           (FN_EXTRA2 + 19)
+#define FN_UNO_CELL                 (FN_EXTRA2 + 20)
+#define FN_UNO_TEXT_FRAME           (FN_EXTRA2 + 21)
+#define FN_UNO_REFERENCE_MARK       (FN_EXTRA2 + 22)
+#define FN_UNO_TEXT_SECTION         (FN_EXTRA2 + 23)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTNOTE             (FN_EXTRA2 + 24)
+#define FN_UNO_ENDNOTE              (FN_EXTRA2 + 25)
+#define FN_UNO_RANGE_COL_LABEL      (FN_EXTRA2 + 26)
+#define FN_UNO_RANGE_ROW_LABEL      (FN_EXTRA2 + 27)
+#define FN_UNO_TABLE_COLUMS         (FN_EXTRA2 + 28)
+#define FN_UNO_TABLE_BORDER         (FN_EXTRA2 + 29)
+#define FN_UNO_TABLE_COLUMN_SEPARATORS      (FN_EXTRA2 + 30)
+#define FN_UNO_TABLE_COLUMN_RELATIVE_SUM    (FN_EXTRA2 + 31)
+#define FN_UNO_TABLE_CELL_BACKGROUND        (FN_EXTRA2 + 32)
+#define FN_UNO_ROW_HEIGHT                   (FN_EXTRA2 + 33)
+#define FN_UNO_ROW_AUTO_HEIGHT              (FN_EXTRA2 + 34)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER                       (FN_EXTRA2 + 35)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_LEFT                  (FN_EXTRA2 + 36)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_RIGHT                 (FN_EXTRA2 + 37)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER                       (FN_EXTRA2 + 38)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_LEFT                  (FN_EXTRA2 + 39)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_RIGHT                 (FN_EXTRA2 + 40)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_BACKGROUND            (FN_EXTRA2 + 41)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_BOX                   (FN_EXTRA2 + 42)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_LR_SPACE              (FN_EXTRA2 + 43)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_SHADOW                (FN_EXTRA2 + 44)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_BACKGROUND            (FN_EXTRA2 + 45)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_BOX                   (FN_EXTRA2 + 46)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_LR_SPACE              (FN_EXTRA2 + 47)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_SHADOW                (FN_EXTRA2 + 48)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_BODY_DISTANCE         (FN_EXTRA2 + 49)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_IS_DYNAMIC_DISTANCE   (FN_EXTRA2 + 50)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_BODY_DISTANCE         (FN_EXTRA2 + 51)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_IS_DYNAMIC_DISTANCE   (FN_EXTRA2 + 52)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_SHARE_CONTENT         (FN_EXTRA2 + 53)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_SHARE_CONTENT         (FN_EXTRA2 + 54)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_HEIGHT                (FN_EXTRA2 + 55)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_HEIGHT                (FN_EXTRA2 + 56)
+#define FN_UNO_HEADER_ON                    (FN_EXTRA2 + 57)
+#define FN_UNO_FOOTER_ON                    (FN_EXTRA2 + 58)
+#define FN_UNO_FOLLOW_STYLE                 (FN_EXTRA2 + 59)
+
+#define FN_API_CALL                         (FN_EXTRA2 + 60)
+
+#define FN_UNO_IS_PHYSICAL                  (FN_EXTRA2 + 61)
+#define FN_UNO_IS_AUTO_UPDATE               (FN_EXTRA2 + 62)
+#define FN_UNO_DISPLAY_NAME                 (FN_EXTRA2 + 63)
+
+#define FN_UNO_WRAP                         (FN_EXTRA2 + 64)
+#define FN_UNO_ANCHOR_TYPES                 (FN_EXTRA2 + 65)
+#define FN_UNO_PARA_CHAPTER_NUMBERING_LEVEL (FN_EXTRA2 + 66)
+#define FN_UNO_PARA_CONDITIONAL_STYLE_NAME  (FN_EXTRA2 + 67)
+
+#define FN_UNO_CATEGORY                     (FN_EXTRA2 + 68)
+#define FN_UNO_IS_NUMBER                    (FN_EXTRA2 + 69)
+#define FN_UNO_TEXT_WRAP                    (FN_EXTRA2 + 70)
+#define FN_UNO_ANCHOR_TYPE                  (FN_EXTRA2 + 71)
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Fenster
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_SOURCEVIEW               SID_SOURCEVIEW
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Hilfe
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+#define FN_LAUNCH_HELP              (FN_HELP + 1)    /* Hilfe */
+#define FN_SHOW_HELP_INDEX          (FN_HELP + 2)    /* Hilfeindex */
+#define FN_SHOW_KEYBOARD_HELP       (FN_HELP + 3)    /* Hilfe */
+#define FN_SHOW_HELP_MANUAL         (FN_HELP + 4)    /* Hilfe */
+#define FN_SHOW_UPDATE_HELP         (FN_HELP + 5)    /* Hilfe */
+
+#define FN_BALLOON_HELP             (FN_HELP + 7)    /* Toggle Balloon Help */
+#define FN_HELP_POPUP               (FN_HELP + 8)    /* Popup Help */
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Traveling & Selektion
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_CHAR_LEFT                (FN_SELECTION + 1 ) /* */
+#define FN_CHAR_RIGHT               (FN_SELECTION + 2 ) /* */
+#define FN_LINE_UP                  (FN_SELECTION + 3 ) /* */
+#define FN_LINE_DOWN                (FN_SELECTION + 4 ) /* */
+#define FN_START_OF_LINE            (FN_SELECTION + 5 ) /* StartOfLine */
+#define FN_END_OF_LINE              (FN_SELECTION + 6 ) /* EndOfLine */
+#define FN_START_OF_DOCUMENT        (FN_SELECTION + 7 ) /* StartOfDocument */
+//schon in svxids.hrc
+//#define FN_END_OF_DOCUMENT            (FN_SELECTION + 8 ) /* EndOfDocument */
+#define FN_START_OF_NEXT_PAGE       (FN_SELECTION + 9 ) /* StartOfNextPage ??? */
+#define FN_END_OF_NEXT_PAGE         (FN_SELECTION + 10) /* ??? */
+#define FN_START_OF_PREV_PAGE       (FN_SELECTION + 11) /* StartOfPrevPage ??? */
+#define FN_END_OF_PREV_PAGE         (FN_SELECTION + 12) /* ??? */
+#define FN_START_OF_PAGE            (FN_SELECTION + 13) /* StartOfPage */
+#define FN_END_OF_PAGE              (FN_SELECTION + 14) /* EndOfPage */
+#define FN_START_OF_WINDOW          (FN_SELECTION + 15) /* StartOfWindow */
+#define FN_END_OF_WINDOW            (FN_SELECTION + 16) /* EndOfWindow */
+#define FN_START_OF_COLUMN          (FN_SELECTION + 17) /* StartOfColumn */
+#define FN_END_OF_COLUMN            (FN_SELECTION + 18) /* EndOfColumn */
+#define FN_START_OF_PARA            (FN_SELECTION + 19) /* StartOfPara */
+#define FN_END_OF_PARA              (FN_SELECTION + 20) /* EndOfPara */
+#define FN_NEXT_WORD                (FN_SELECTION + 21) /* NextWord */
+#define FN_PREV_WORD                (FN_SELECTION + 22) /* PrevWord */
+#define FN_NEXT_SENT                (FN_SELECTION + 23) /* NextSentence */
+#define FN_PREV_SENT                (FN_SELECTION + 24) /* PrevSentence */
+#define FN_DELETE                   (FN_SELECTION + 25) /* Delete */
+#define FN_BACKSPACE                (FN_SELECTION + 26) /* Backspace */
+#define FN_DELETE_SENT              (FN_SELECTION + 27) /* DeleteToEndOfSentence */
+#define FN_DELETE_BACK_SENT         (FN_SELECTION + 28) /* DeleteToStartOfSentence */
+#define FN_DELETE_WORD              (FN_SELECTION + 29) /* DeleteToEndOfWord */
+#define FN_DELETE_BACK_WORD         (FN_SELECTION + 30) /* DeleteToStartOfWord */
+#define FN_DELETE_LINE              (FN_SELECTION + 31) /* DeleteToEndOfLine */
+#define FN_DELETE_BACK_LINE         (FN_SELECTION + 32) /* DeleteToStartOfLine */
+#define FN_DELETE_PARA              (FN_SELECTION + 33) /* DeleteToEndOfPara */
+#define FN_DELETE_BACK_PARA         (FN_SELECTION + 34) /* DeleteToStartOfPara */
+#define FN_DELETE_WHOLE_LINE        (FN_SELECTION + 35) /* DeleteLine ??? */
+#define FN_SET_INS_MODE             (FN_SELECTION + 36) /* Einfuegemodus / Overwrite */
+#define FN_PAGEUP                   (FN_SELECTION + 37) /* PageUpWithCursor */
+#define FN_PAGEDOWN                 (FN_SELECTION + 38) /* PageDownWithCursor */
+#define FN_SET_ADD_MODE             (FN_SELECTION + 39) /* Selektionsmodus */
+#define FN_SET_EXT_MODE             (FN_SELECTION + 40) /* Selektionsmodus */
+#define FN_ESCAPE                   (FN_SELECTION + 41) /* Normal */
+#define FN_SHIFT_BACKSPACE          (FN_SELECTION + 42) /* wie Backspace */
+#define FN_SELECT_WORD              (FN_SELECTION + 43) /* Wort selektieren */
+
+#define FN_GOTO_NEXT_OBJ            (FN_SELECTION + 44)   /* N„chstes Objekt anspringen */
+#define FN_GOTO_PREV_OBJ            (FN_SELECTION + 45)   /* Vorhergehendes Objekt anspringen */
+
+#define FN_START_TABLE              (FN_SELECTION + 47) /* an den Anfang der Tabelle */
+#define FN_END_TABLE                (FN_SELECTION + 48) /* an das Ende der Tabelle */
+#define FN_NEXT_TABLE               (FN_SELECTION + 49) /* zur vorhergehenden Tabelle */
+#define FN_PREV_TABLE               (FN_SELECTION + 50) /* zur naechsten Tabelle */
+
+#define FN_START_OF_NEXT_COLUMN     (FN_SELECTION + 51) /* zum Anfang der naechsten Spalte */
+#define FN_END_OF_NEXT_COLUMN       (FN_SELECTION + 52) /* zum Ende der naechsten Spalte */
+#define FN_START_OF_PREV_COLUMN     (FN_SELECTION + 53) /* zum Anfang der vorhergehenden Spalte */
+#define FN_END_OF_PREV_COLUMN       (FN_SELECTION + 54) /* zum Ende der vorhergehenden Spalte */
+
+#define FN_FOOTNOTE_TO_ANCHOR       (FN_SELECTION + 55) /* aus der Fussnote zum Anchor */
+#define FN_NEXT_FOOTNOTE            (FN_SELECTION + 56) /* zur naechsten Fussnote */
+#define FN_PREV_FOOTNOTE            (FN_SELECTION + 57) /* zur vorhergehenden Fussnote */
+
+#define FN_CNTNT_TO_NEXT_FRAME      (FN_SELECTION + 58) /* aus dem Inhalt zum naechsten Rahmen */
+#define FN_FRAME_TO_ANCHOR          (FN_SELECTION + 59) /* vom Rahmen zum Anker */
+
+#define FN_TO_HEADER                (FN_SELECTION + 60) /* Toggle zwischen Content und Kopfzeile */
+#define FN_TO_FOOTER                (FN_SELECTION + 61) /* Toggle zwischen Content und Fusszeile */
+
+#define FN_IDX_MARK_TO_IDX          (FN_SELECTION + 62) /* von der Verzeichnismarkierung zum Verzeichnis */
+
+
+
+
+
+#define FN_PREV_PARA                (FN_SELECTION + 74)
+#define FN_NEXT_PARA                (FN_SELECTION + 75)
+
+#define FN_GOTO_NEXT_MARK           (FN_SELECTION + 76)   /* N„chsten Platzhalter anspringen */
+#define FN_GOTO_PREV_MARK           (FN_SELECTION + 77)   /* Vorhergehenden Platzhalter anspringen */
+
+// schon im SVX unter der gleichen Id
+//#define FN_START_DOC_DIRECT           (FN_SELECTION + 78)   /* Direkt zum Dokanfang springen */
+//#define FN_END_DOC_DIRECT         (FN_SELECTION + 79)   /* Direkt zum Dokanfang springen */
+
+#define FN_NEXT_TOXMARK             (FN_SELECTION + 83)   /* zur naechsten Verz. Markierung */
+#define FN_PREV_TOXMARK             (FN_SELECTION + 84)   /* zur vorherigen Verz. Markierung */
+#define FN_NEXT_TBLFML              (FN_SELECTION + 85)   /* zur naechsten Tabellenformel */
+#define FN_PREV_TBLFML              (FN_SELECTION + 86)   /* zur vorherigen Tabellenformel */
+#define FN_NEXT_TBLFML_ERR          (FN_SELECTION + 87)   /* zur naechsten fehl. Tabellenformel */
+#define FN_PREV_TBLFML_ERR          (FN_SELECTION + 88)   /* zur vorherigen fehl. Tabellenformel */
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    QUERY-Block
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+#define FN_IS_MODIFIED              (FN_QUERY +16)      /* Dokument geaendert? */
+#define FN_RESET_MODIFIED           (FN_QUERY +17)      /* Geaendert-Flag zuruecksetzen */
+
+#define FN_GET_DOC_INFO             (FN_QUERY +22)      /* Wert Dokumentinfo erfragen */
+#define FN_GET_ERRNO                (FN_QUERY +26)      /* Error-Nummer abfragen */
+#define FN_GET_DOCMAN_PATH          (FN_QUERY +27)      /* Pfad zu einer Gruppe im Docmgr erfragen */
+
+#define FN_TXTATR_INET              (FN_QUERY +29)      /* INet-Attribut */
+#define FN_EXECUTE_DRAG             (FN_QUERY +30)      /* D&D starten */
+
+#define FN_GET_PRINT_AREA           (FN_QUERY +32)      /* Attribut fuer druckbaren Seitenbereich besorgen */
+
+
+
+// #define FN_IS_START_OF_PAGE         (FN_QUERY +40)       /**/
+// #define FN_IS_END_OF_PAGE           (FN_QUERY +41)       /**/
+
+#define FN_GET_PARAGRAPH            (FN_QUERY +48)      /*  Paragraph-Object von der Textshell
+                                                            an die View weiterreichen*/
+// hier ist Schluss!!!
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Envelope
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_ENVELOP                  (FN_ENVELP    )
+#define FN_LABEL                    (FN_ENVELP + 1)
+#define FN_BUSINESS_CARD            (FN_ENVELP + 2)
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Parameter
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_COLS         (FN_PARAM)
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_ROWS         (FN_PARAM+1)
+
+#define FN_PARAM_SEARCH_WORDONLY    (FN_PARAM+5)
+#define FN_PARAM_SEARCH_EXACT       (FN_PARAM+6)
+#define FN_PARAM_SEARCH_REGEXP      (FN_PARAM+7)
+#define FN_PARAM_SEARCH_BACKWARDS   (FN_PARAM+8)
+#define FN_PARAM_SEARCH_FINDALL     (FN_PARAM+9)
+#define FN_PARAM_SEARCH_SELECTION   (FN_PARAM+10)
+#define FN_PARAM_SEARCH_TEXT        (FN_PARAM+11)
+#define FN_PARAM_SEARCH_TEXTREPLACE (FN_PARAM+12)
+
+#define FN_PARAM_PARADLGLIMITS      (FN_PARAM+15)
+#define FN_PARAM_FRMMODE            (FN_PARAM+16)
+
+#define FN_PARAM_ADDPRINTER         (FN_PARAM+18)
+#define FN_PARAM_GRID               (FN_PARAM+19)
+#define FN_PARAM_DOCDISP            (FN_PARAM+20)
+#define FN_PARAM_ELEM               (FN_PARAM+21)
+#define FN_PARAM_SWTEST             (FN_PARAM+22)
+
+#define FN_PARAM_FTN_INFO           (FN_PARAM+23)
+
+#define FN_PARAM_REGION_NAME            (FN_PARAM+24)
+#define FN_PARAM_REGION_CONDITION       (FN_PARAM+25)
+#define FN_PARAM_REGION_HIDDEN          (FN_PARAM+26)
+#define FN_PARAM_REGION_PROTECT         (FN_PARAM+27)
+
+#define FN_PARAM_INSERT_AFTER           (FN_PARAM+29)
+#define FN_PARAM_FILTER                 (FN_PARAM+30)
+#define FN_PARAM_INDEX_NAME             (FN_PARAM+31)
+#define FN_PARAM_INDEX_OPTIONS          (FN_PARAM+32)
+#define FN_PARAM_INDEX_FORMAT           (FN_PARAM+33)
+#define FN_PARAM_INDEX_LEVEL            (FN_PARAM+34)
+#define FN_PARAM_INDEX_TEMPLATE         (FN_PARAM+35)
+#define FN_PARAM_INDEX_ALTSTR           (FN_PARAM+36)
+#define FN_PARAM_INDEX_PRIMKEY          (FN_PARAM+37)
+#define FN_PARAM_INDEX_SECKEY           (FN_PARAM+38)
+#define FN_PARAM_WIDTH                  (FN_PARAM+39)
+#define FN_PARAM_LOCATION               (FN_PARAM+40)
+#define FN_PARAM_DIR                    (FN_PARAM+41)
+#define FN_PARAM_COUNT                  (FN_PARAM+42)
+#define FN_PARAM_COLOR                  (FN_PARAM+43)
+
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_NAME             (FN_PARAM+44)
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_WIDTH            (FN_PARAM+45)
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_ULSPACE          (FN_PARAM+46)
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_LRSPACE          (FN_PARAM+47)
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_SHADOW           (FN_PARAM+48)
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_ALIGN            (FN_PARAM+49)
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_HEADLINE         (FN_PARAM+50)
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_SPACE            (FN_PARAM+51)
+#define FN_PARAM_TABLE_COLUMNS          (FN_PARAM+52)
+
+#define FN_PARAM_GRF_CONNECT            (FN_PARAM+54)
+
+
+#define FN_PARAM_EVENT                  (FN_PARAM+68)
+#define FN_PARAM_URL                    (FN_PARAM+69)
+#define FN_PARAM_GRF_REALSIZE           (FN_PARAM+70)
+#define FN_PARAM_GRF_DIALOG             (FN_PARAM+71)
+#define FN_PARAM_GRF_CLIENTMAP          (FN_PARAM+74) /* ClientMap */
+#define FN_PARAM_GRF_SERVERMAP          (FN_PARAM+75) /* ServerMap */
+#define FN_PARAM_GRF_TARGETFRAME        (FN_PARAM+76) /* TargetFrame */
+#define FN_INET_FIELD_MACRO             (FN_PARAM+77) /* Id fuer URL-Feld-Macros*/
+
+#define FN_PARAM_PRINTER                (FN_PARAM+78) /* Drucker* */
+#define FN_PARAM_STDFONTS               (FN_PARAM+79) /* ConfigItem Standardfonts */
+
+#define FN_PARAM_WRTSHELL               (FN_PARAM2) /* SwWrtShell */
+
+#define FN_COND_COLL                    (FN_PARAM2+1) /* Item fuer bed. Vorlagen */
+#define FN_PARAM_SELECTION              (FN_PARAM2+2) /* selektiertes Wort fuer Format/Zeichen/Hyperlink */
+
+#define FN_PARAM_ACT_NUMBER             (FN_PARAM2+3) /* PointerItem die aktuelle NumRule */
+#define FN_PARAM_CHILD_LEVELS           (FN_PARAM2+4) /* Werden Child-Levels benutzt ?*/
+
+#define FN_PARAM_NUM_PRESET             (FN_PARAM2+5) /* vorgewaehlte Numerierung*/
+
+#define FN_PARAM_HEIGHT                 (FN_PARAM2+6) /* Param fuer Hoehe */
+#define FN_PARAM_DIST                   (FN_PARAM2+7) /* und Breite, wg. metrischer Umwandlung */
+
+#define FN_PARAM_SHADOWCURSOR           (FN_PARAM2+8) /* Fuer ShadowCursor Optionen */
+
+#define FN_PARAM_ACT_NUMLEVEL           (FN_PARAM2+9) /* BYTE-Item mit aktuellen NumLevel */
+
+#define FN_PARAM_9                      (FN_PARAM2+10)
+#define FN_PARAM_10                     (FN_PARAM2+11)
+
+#define FN_TEXT_RANGE                   (FN_PARAM2+12) /* TextRange Property*/
+
+#define FN_PARAM_CRSR_IN_PROTECTED      (FN_PARAM2+13) /* Cursor in geschuetzten Bereichen*/
+#define FN_PARAM_TOX_TYPE               (FN_PARAM2+14) /* TOX type in tox dialog*/
+#define FN_PARAM_LINK_DISPLAY_NAME      (FN_PARAM2+15) /* LinkDisplayName property*/
+#define FN_PARAM_NUM_LEVEL              (FN_PARAM2+16) /* rtf filter*/
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Druckoptionen
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_PRNOPT_GRAPHIC           (FN_PRNOPT + 1)
+#define FN_PRNOPT_TABLE             (FN_PRNOPT + 2)
+#define FN_PRNOPT_LEFT_PAGE         (FN_PRNOPT + 3)
+#define FN_PRNOPT_RIGHT_PAGE        (FN_PRNOPT + 4)
+#define FN_PRNOPT_REVERSE           (FN_PRNOPT + 5)
+#define FN_PRNOPT_PAPER_FROM_SETUP  (FN_PRNOPT + 6)
+#define FN_PRNOPT_POSTITS           (FN_PRNOPT + 8)
+
+#define FN_PRNOPT_BEGIN  FN_PRNOPT_GRAPHIC
+#define FN_PRNOPT_END    FN_PRNOPT_POSTITS
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Status : nicht mehr als 19!
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_STAT_PAGE                (FN_STAT + 1)
+#define FN_STAT_TEMPLATE            (FN_STAT + 2)
+#define FN_STAT_ZOOM                (FN_STAT + 3)
+#define FN_STAT_INSOVER             (FN_STAT + 4)
+#define FN_STAT_SELMODE             (FN_STAT + 5)
+#define FN_STAT_HYPERLINKS          (FN_STAT + 6)  /* Hyperlinks ausfuehren */
+#define FN_STAT_CONTEXT             (FN_STAT + 7)
+#define FN_STAT_BOOKMARK            (FN_STAT + 8)  /* Fuer Popup Bookmarks*/
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Seitenvorschau
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_SHOW_TWO_PAGES           (FN_PGPREVIEW + 1)
+#define FN_SHOW_FOUR_PAGES          (FN_PGPREVIEW + 2)
+#define FN_PRINT_PAGEPREVIEW        (FN_PGPREVIEW + 3)
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Bereich: Rahmenattribute
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define FN_OPAQUE                       (FN_FRAME + 1)
+#define FN_SET_PROTECT                  (FN_FRAME + 2)
+#define FN_SURROUND                     (FN_FRAME + 3)
+#define FN_VERT_ORIENT                  (FN_FRAME + 4)
+#define FN_HORI_ORIENT                  (FN_FRAME + 5)
+#define FN_SET_FRM_NAME                 (FN_FRAME + 6)
+#define FN_KEEP_ASPECT_RATIO            (FN_FRAME + 7)
+#define FN_GRF_KEEP_ZOOM                (FN_FRAME + 8)
+
+#define FN_IID_COL1                     (FN_FRAME + 13)
+#define FN_IID_COL2                     (FN_FRAME + 14)
+#define FN_IID_COL3                     (FN_FRAME + 15)
+#define FN_IID_COLLEFT                  (FN_FRAME + 16)
+#define FN_IID_COLRIGHT                 (FN_FRAME + 17)
+
+#define FN_SET_FRM_ALT_NAME             (FN_FRAME + 18)
+
+
+//Member-Ids fuer Fill/SetVariable an Items
+#define         MID_STYLE       0xe0
+#define         MID_PWIDTH      0xe1
+#define         MID_ADJUST      0xe2
+#define         MID_TDIST       0xe3
+#define         MID_BDIST       0xe4
+#define         MID_LINES       0xe5
+#define         MID_CHARS       0xe6
+#define         MID_DIST        0xe7
+
+#define         MID_1           0xe8
+#define         MID_2           0xe9
+#define         MID_3           0xea
+#define         MID_4           0xeb
+#define         MID_5           0xec
+#define         MID_6           0xed
+#define         MID_7           0xee
+#define         MID_8           0xef
+#define         MID_9           0xf0
+#define         MID_A           0xf1
+#define         MID_B           0xf2
+#define         MID_C           0xf3
+#define         MID_D           0xf4
+#define         MID_E           0xf5
+#define         MID_F           0xf6
+#define         MID_10          0xf7
+#define         MID_11          0xf8
+#define         MID_12          0xf9
+#define         MID_13          0xfa
+
+#ifndef SID_SW_DOCMAN_PATH
+#define SID_SW_DOCMAN_PATH                              (SID_OFASLOTS_START +   6)
+#endif
+
+// defines fuer Event-Zuweisung per Macro
+#define MAC_EVENT_MOUSEOVER         0x01            //
+#define MAC_EVENT_MOUSECLICK        0x02            // Hyperlink ausloesen
+#define MAC_EVENT_MOUSEOUT          0x03            //
+#define MAC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECT     0x04            // Obj. selektieren
+#define MAC_EVENT_KEYINPUT_ALPHA    0x05            //
+#define MAC_EVENT_KEYINPUT_NOALPHA  0x06            //
+#define MAC_EVENT_FRM_RESIZE        0x07            //
+#define MAC_EVENT_FRM_MOVE          0x08            //
+#define MAC_EVENT_IMAGE_LOAD        0x09            //
+#define MAC_EVENT_IMAGE_ABORT       0x0a            //
+#define MAC_EVENT_IMAGE_ERROR       0x0b            //
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/comcore.hrc b/sw/inc/comcore.hrc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..56ee86d328fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/comcore.hrc
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: comcore.hrc,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:24 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _COMCORE_HRC
+#define _COMCORE_HRC
+
+#include "rcid.hrc"
+
+// ---------------
+// die Strings
+// ---------------
+
+#define STR_COMCORE_READERROR       (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 0)
+#define MSG_COMCORE_ASKSEARCH       (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 1)
+#define STR_TABLE_DEFNAME           (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 2)
+#define STR_GRAPHIC_DEFNAME         (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 3)
+#define STR_OBJECT_DEFNAME          (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 4)
+#define STR_FRAME_DEFNAME           (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 5)
+#define STR_REGION_DEFNAME          (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 6)
+#define STR_COMCORE_CANT_SHOW       (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 7)
+#define RID_GRAPHIC_REPLACEBMP      (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 8)
+#define RID_GRAPHIC_ERRORBMP        (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 9)
+#define STR_NUMRULE_DEFNAME         (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 10)
+#define STR_EMPTYPAGE               (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 11)
+#define RID_SHELLRES_AUTOFMTSTRS    (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 12)
+#define STR_MULT_INTERACT_HYPH_WARN (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 13)
+#define STR_MULT_INTERACT_SPELL_WARN    (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 14)
+#define STR_SPELL_TITLE             (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 15)
+#define STR_HYPH_TITLE              (RC_COMCORE_BEGIN + 16)
+
+
+// defines fuer die Autoformat Redline Kommentare
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_DEL_EMPTY_PARA          0
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_USE_REPLACE             1
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_CPTL_STT_WORD           2
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_CPTL_STT_SENT           3
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_TYPO                    4
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_USER_STYLE              5
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_BULLET                  6
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_UNDER                   7
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_BOLD                    8
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_FRACTION                9
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_DETECT_URL              10
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_DASH                    11
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_ORDINAL                 12
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_RIGHT_MARGIN            13
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_TMPL_TEXT           14
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_TMPL_INDENT         15
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_TMPL_NEG_INDENT     16
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_TMPL_TEXT_INDENT    17
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_TMPL_HEADLINE       18
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_SET_NUMBULET            19
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_DEL_MORELINES           20
+// !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!  das Ende immer richtig setzen !!!!!!!!!!!!
+#define STR_AUTOFMTREDL_END                     21
+
+
+#endif
+
+
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/crsrsh.hxx b/sw/inc/crsrsh.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..523d8de73309
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/crsrsh.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,901 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: crsrsh.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _CRSRSH_HXX
+#define _CRSRSH_HXX
+
+#ifndef _STRING_HXX //autogen
+#include <tools/string.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _LINK_HXX //autogen
+#include <tools/link.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _RTTI_HXX //autogen
+#include <tools/rtti.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _WORDSEL_HXX //autogen
+#include <svtools/wordsel.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LINGUISTIC_XSPELLCHECKER1_HPP_
+#include <com/sun/star/linguistic/XSpellChecker1.hpp>
+#endif
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LINGUISTIC_XHYPHENATOR_HPP_
+#include <com/sun/star/linguistic/XHyphenator.hpp>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SWTYPES_HXX
+#include <swtypes.hxx>          // fuer SWPOSDOC
+#endif
+#ifndef _VIEWSH_HXX
+#include <viewsh.hxx>           // fuer ViewShell
+#endif
+#ifndef _CALBCK_HXX
+#include <calbck.hxx>           // fuer SwClient
+#endif
+#ifndef _CSHTYP_HXX
+#include <cshtyp.hxx>           // fuer die CursorShell Typen
+#endif
+#ifndef _CRSTATE_HXX
+#include <crstate.hxx>          // fuer die CursorMove-Staties
+#endif
+#ifndef _BKMRKE_HXX //autogen
+#include <bkmrke.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _TOXE_HXX
+#include <toxe.hxx>             // SwTOXSearchDir
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PRODUCT) && !defined(WIN)
+// fuer die Inline-Methoden
+#ifndef _VISCRS_HXX
+#include <viscrs.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _NODE_HXX
+#include <node.hxx>
+#endif
+#define CRSR_INLINE inline
+#else
+#define CRSR_INLINE
+#endif
+
+// einige Forward Deklarationen
+
+class KeyCode;
+class Region;
+class SfxItemSet;
+class SfxPoolItem;
+class SpellCheck;
+class SwBookmark;
+class SwCntntFrm;
+class SwCrsrShell;
+class SwCursor;
+class SwField;
+class SwFieldType;
+class SwFmt;
+class SwFmtFld;
+class SwIndex;
+class SwNodeIndex;
+class SwNode;
+class SwNodes;
+class SwPaM;
+class SwSelBoxes;
+class SwShellCrsr;
+class SwShellTableCrsr;
+class SwTableNode;
+class SwTxtFmtColl;
+class SwVisCrsr;
+class SwTxtINetFmt;
+class SwFmtINetFmt;
+class SwTxtAttr;
+class SwTableBox;
+class SwCellFrms;
+class SwTOXMark;
+struct SwPosition;
+
+class SearchParam;
+class SwRedline;
+
+// enum und struktur, um ueber die Doc-Position Informationen zu erfragen
+
+struct SwContentAtPos
+{
+    enum IsAttrAtPos
+    {
+        SW_NOTHING      = 0x0000,
+        SW_FIELD        = 0x0001,
+        SW_CLICKFIELD   = 0x0002,
+        SW_FTN          = 0x0004,
+        SW_INETATTR     = 0x0008,
+        SW_TABLEBOXFML  = 0x0010,
+        SW_REDLINE      = 0x0020,
+        SW_OUTLINE      = 0x0040,
+        SW_TOXMARK      = 0x0080,
+        SW_REFMARK      = 0x0100
+#ifndef PRODUCT
+        ,SW_CURR_ATTRS      = 0x4000        // nur zum Debuggen
+        ,SW_TABLEBOXVALUE   = 0x8000        // nur zum Debuggen
+#endif
+    } eCntntAtPos;
+
+    union {
+        const SwField* pFld;
+        const SfxPoolItem* pAttr;
+        const SwRedline* pRedl;
+    } aFnd;
+
+    String sStr;
+    const SwTxtAttr* pFndTxtAttr;
+
+    SwContentAtPos( int eGetAtPos = 0xffff )
+        : eCntntAtPos( (IsAttrAtPos)eGetAtPos )
+    {
+        aFnd.pFld = 0;
+        pFndTxtAttr = 0;
+    }
+
+    // befindet sich der Node in einem geschuetzten Bereich?
+    FASTBOOL IsInProtectSect() const;
+};
+
+
+// defines fuers GetCharCount
+#define GETCHARCOUNT_NONE       0
+#define GETCHARCOUNT_PARA       1
+#define GETCHARCOUNT_SECTION    2
+
+
+// ReturnWerte von SetCrsr (werden verodert)
+const int   CRSR_NOERROR =  0x00,
+            CRSR_POSOLD =   0x01,   // Cursor bleibt an alter Doc-Position
+            CRSR_POSCHG =   0x02;   // Position vom Layout veraendert
+
+
+
+
+// die Cursor - Shell
+class SwCrsrShell : public ViewShell, public SwModify
+{
+    friend class SwCallLink;
+    friend class SwVisCrsr;
+    friend class SwSelPaintRects;
+    friend class SwChgLinkFlag;
+
+    //Braucht den Crsr als IntrnlCrsr.
+    friend void GetTblSel( const SwCrsrShell&, SwSelBoxes& rBoxes,
+                           const SwTblSearchType );
+    friend BOOL GetAutoSumSel( const SwCrsrShell&, SwCellFrms& );
+
+public:     // public, damit defaultet werden kann !!
+
+    /* ein enum fuer den Aufruf von UpdateCrsr */
+    enum CrsrFlag {
+        UPDOWN      = (1 << 0),     // Up/Down auf Spalte halten
+        SCROLLWIN   = (1 << 1),     // Window Scrollen
+        CHKRANGE    = (1 << 2),     // ueberpruefen von ueberlappenden PaM's
+        NOCALRECT   = (1 << 3),     // CharRect nicht neu berechnen
+        READONLY    = (1 << 4)      // Sichtbar machen trotz Readonly
+    };
+
+private:
+
+    SwRect  aCharRect;          // Char-SRectangle auf dem der Cursor steht
+    Point   aCrsrHeight;        // Hohe&Offset von sichtbaren Cursor
+    Point   aOldRBPos;          // Right/Bottom von letzter VisArea
+                                // (wird im Invalidate vom Cursor benutzt)
+
+
+    // um event. Macro was anhaengt auszufuehren.
+    Link aFlyMacroLnk;          // Link will be called, if the Crsr is set
+                                // into a fly. A macro can be then becalled
+    Link aChgLnk;               // link will be called by every attribut/
+                                // format changes at cursor position.
+    Link aGrfArrivedLnk;        // Link calls to UI if a grafik is arrived
+
+
+    SwShellCrsr* pCurCrsr;      // der aktuelle Cursor
+    SwShellCrsr* pCrsrStk;      // Stack fuer den Cursor
+    SwVisCrsr *pVisCrsr;        // der Sichtbare-Cursor
+
+    SwShellTableCrsr* pTblCrsr; // Tabellen-Crsr; nur in Tabellen, wenn
+                                // die Selection ueber 2 Spalten liegt
+
+    SwNodeIndex* pBoxIdx;       // fuers erkennen der veraenderten
+    SwTableBox* pBoxPtr;        // Tabellen-Zelle
+
+    long nUpDownX;              // versuche den Cursor bei Up/Down immer in
+                                // der gleichen Spalte zu bewegen
+    long nLeftFrmPos;
+    ULONG nAktNode;             // save CursorPos at Start-Action
+    xub_StrLen nAktCntnt;
+    USHORT nAktNdTyp;
+
+    /*
+     * Mit den Methoden SttCrsrMove und EndCrsrMove wird dieser Zaehler
+     * Inc-/Decrementiert. Solange der Zaehler ungleich 0 ist, erfolgt
+     * auf den akt. Cursor kein Update. Dadurch koennen "komplizierte"
+     * Cursorbewegungen (ueber Find()) realisiert werden.
+     */
+    USHORT nCrsrMove;
+    USHORT nBasicActionCnt;     // Actions, die vom Basic geklammert wurden
+    CrsrMoveState eMvState;     // Status fuers Crsr-Travelling - GetCrsrOfst
+
+    BOOL bHasFocus : 1;         // Shell ist in einem Window "aktiv"
+    BOOL bSVCrsrVis : 1;        // SV-Cursor Un-/Sichtbar
+    BOOL bChgCallFlag : 1;      // Attributaenderung innerhalb von
+                                // Start- und EndAction
+    BOOL bVisPortChgd : 1;      // befindet sich im VisPortChg-Aufruf
+                                // (wird im Invalidate vom Cursor benutzt)
+
+    BOOL bCallChgLnk : 1;       // Flag fuer abgeleitete Klassen:
+                                // TRUE -> ChgLnk callen
+                                // Zugriff nur ueber SwChgLinkFlag
+    BOOL bAllProtect : 1;       // Flag fuer Bereiche
+                                // TRUE -> alles geschuetzt / versteckt
+    BOOL bInCMvVisportChgd : 1; // Flag fuer CrsrMoves
+                                // TRUE -> die Sicht wurde verschoben
+    BOOL bGCAttr : 1;           // TRUE -> es existieren nichtaufgespannte Attr.
+    BOOL bIgnoreReadonly : 1;   // TRUE -> Beim naechsten EndAction trotz
+                                // Readonly den Crsr sichtbar machen.
+    BOOL bSelTblCells : 1;      // TRUE -> Zellen uebers InputWin selektieren
+    BOOL bAutoUpdateCells : 1;  // TRUE -> Zellen werden autoformatiert
+    BOOL bBasicHideCrsr : 1;    // TRUE -> HideCrsr vom Basic
+    BOOL bSetCrsrInReadOnly : 1;// TRUE -> Cursor darf in ReadOnly-Bereiche
+
+
+    void UpdateCrsr( USHORT eFlags
+                            =SwCrsrShell::SCROLLWIN|SwCrsrShell::CHKRANGE,
+                     BOOL bIdleEnd = FALSE );
+
+    void _ParkPams( SwPaM* pDelRg, SwShellCrsr** ppDelRing );
+
+    FASTBOOL LeftRight( BOOL, USHORT );
+    FASTBOOL UpDown( BOOL, USHORT );
+    FASTBOOL LRMargin( BOOL, BOOL bAPI = FALSE );
+    FASTBOOL IsAtLRMargin( BOOL, BOOL bAPI = FALSE ) const;
+    FASTBOOL SttEndDoc( BOOL bStt );
+
+typedef FASTBOOL (SwCursor:: *FNCrsr)();
+    FASTBOOL CallCrsrFN( FNCrsr );
+
+    const SwRedline* _GotoRedline( USHORT nArrPos, BOOL bSelect );
+
+protected:
+
+    CRSR_INLINE SwMoveFnCollection* MakeFindRange( USHORT, USHORT, SwPaM* ) const;
+
+    /*
+     * Compare-Methode for the StackCursor and the current Cursor.
+     * The Methods return -1, 0, 1 for lower, equal, greater. The enum
+     * CrsrCompareType says which position is compared.
+     */
+    enum CrsrCompareType {
+        StackPtStackMk,
+        StackPtCurrPt,
+        StackPtCurrMk,
+        StackMkCurrPt,
+        StackMkCurrMk,
+        CurrPtCurrMk
+    };
+    int CompareCursor( CrsrCompareType eType ) const;
+
+    USHORT IncBasicAction()             { return ++nBasicActionCnt; }
+    USHORT DecBasicAction()             { return --nBasicActionCnt; }
+
+    // Setzt alle PaMs in OldNode auf NewPos + Offset
+    void PaMCorrAbs(const SwNodeIndex &rOldNode, const SwPosition &rNewPos,
+                    const xub_StrLen nOffset = 0 );
+    // Setzt alle PaMs im Bereich von [StartNode, EndNode] nach NewPos
+    void PaMCorrAbs(const SwNodeIndex &rStartNode, const SwNodeIndex &rEndNode,
+                    const SwPosition &rNewPos );
+
+public:
+    TYPEINFO();
+    SwCrsrShell( SwDoc *pDoc,
+            ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
+                ::com::sun::star::linguistic::XSpellChecker1> xSpell,
+            ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
+                ::com::sun::star::linguistic::XHyphenator> xHyph,
+            Window *pWin, SwRootFrm * = 0, const SwViewOption *pOpt = 0 );
+    // verkleideter Copy-Constructor
+    SwCrsrShell( SwCrsrShell* pShell, Window *pWin );
+    ~SwCrsrShell();
+
+    virtual void Modify( SfxPoolItem *pOld, SfxPoolItem *pNew);
+
+    // neuen Cusror erzeugen und den alten anhaengen
+    SwPaM * CreateCrsr();
+    // loesche den aktuellen Cursor und der folgende wird zum Aktuellen
+    FASTBOOL DestroyCrsr();
+    // TableCursor in normale Cursor verwandeln, Tablemode aufheben
+    void TblCrsrToCursor();
+
+    SwPaM* GetCrsr( FASTBOOL bMakeTblCrsr = TRUE ) const;
+    CRSR_INLINE SwCursor* GetSwCrsr( FASTBOOL bMakeTblCrsr = TRUE ) const;
+    // nur den akt. Cursor returnen
+          SwShellCrsr* _GetCrsr()                       { return pCurCrsr; }
+    const SwShellCrsr* _GetCrsr() const                 { return pCurCrsr; }
+
+    // uebergebenen Cursor anzeigen - fuer UNO
+    void    SetSelection(const SwPaM& rCrsr);
+
+    // alle Cursor aus den ContentNodes entfernen und auf 0 setzen.
+    // Wurde aus der FEShell hierher verschoben.
+    void ParkCrsr( const SwNodeIndex &rIdx );
+
+    // gebe den akt. Cursor-Stack zurueck.
+    // ( Wird in der EditShell beim Loeschen von Inhalten benoetigt! )
+    CRSR_INLINE SwPaM* GetStkCrsr() const;
+
+    // Start der Klammerung, SV-Cursor und selektierte Bereiche hiden
+    void StartAction();
+    // Ende der Klammerung, SV-Cursor und selektierte Bereiche anzeigen
+    void EndAction( const BOOL bIdleEnd = FALSE );
+
+    USHORT GetBasicActionCnt() const    { return nBasicActionCnt; }
+
+    // Basiscursortravelling
+    long GetUpDownX() const             { return nUpDownX; }
+
+    FASTBOOL Left( USHORT nCnt = 1 )    { return LeftRight( TRUE, nCnt ); }
+    FASTBOOL Right( USHORT nCnt = 1 )   { return LeftRight( FALSE, nCnt ); }
+    FASTBOOL Up( USHORT nCnt = 1 )      { return UpDown( TRUE, nCnt ); }
+    FASTBOOL Down( USHORT nCnt = 1 )    { return UpDown( FALSE, nCnt ); }
+    FASTBOOL LeftMargin()               { return LRMargin( TRUE ); }
+    FASTBOOL RightMargin(BOOL bAPI = FALSE) { return LRMargin( FALSE, bAPI ); }
+    FASTBOOL SttDoc()                   { return SttEndDoc( TRUE ); }
+    FASTBOOL EndDoc()                   { return SttEndDoc( FALSE ); }
+
+    FASTBOOL MovePage( SwWhichPage, SwPosPage );
+    FASTBOOL MovePara( SwWhichPara, SwPosPara );
+    FASTBOOL MoveSection( SwWhichSection, SwPosSection );
+    FASTBOOL MoveTable( SwWhichTable, SwPosTable );
+    FASTBOOL MoveColumn( SwWhichColumn, SwPosColumn );
+    FASTBOOL MoveRegion( SwWhichRegion, SwPosRegion );
+
+    // die Suchfunktionen
+    ULONG Find( const SearchParam& rParam,
+                SwDocPositions eStart, SwDocPositions eEnde,
+                FindRanges eRng, int bReplace = FALSE );
+
+    ULONG Find( const SwTxtFmtColl& rFmtColl,
+                SwDocPositions eStart, SwDocPositions eEnde,
+                FindRanges eRng, const SwTxtFmtColl* pReplFmt = 0 );
+
+    ULONG Find( const SfxItemSet& rSet, FASTBOOL bNoCollections,
+                SwDocPositions eStart, SwDocPositions eEnde,
+                FindRanges eRng, const SearchParam* pTextPara = 0,
+                const SfxItemSet* rReplSet = 0 );
+
+    // Positionieren des Cursors
+    // returnt
+    //  CRSR_POSCHG: wenn der ob der SPoint vom Layout korrigiert wurde.
+    //  CRSR_POSOLD: wenn der Crsr nicht veraendert wurde
+    int SetCrsr( const Point &rPt, BOOL bOnlyText = FALSE );
+
+    /*
+     * Benachrichtung, dass der sichtbare Bereich sich geaendert
+     * hat. aVisArea wird neu gesetzt, anschliessend wird
+     * gescrollt. Das uebergebene Rectangle liegt auf
+     * Pixelgrenzen, um Pixelfehler beim Scrollen zu vermeiden.
+     */
+    virtual void VisPortChgd( const SwRect & );
+
+    /*
+     * Virtuelle PaintMethode, damit die Selection nach dem Paint wieder
+     * sichtbar wird.
+     */
+    void Paint( const Rectangle & rRect );
+
+    // Bereiche
+    CRSR_INLINE void SetMark();
+    CRSR_INLINE FASTBOOL HasMark();
+
+    void ClearMark();
+    void SwapPam();
+    FASTBOOL ChgCurrPam( const Point & rPt,
+                     BOOL bTstOnly = TRUE,      //Nur testen, nicht setzen
+                     BOOL bTstHit  = FALSE );   //Nur genaue Treffer
+    void KillPams();
+
+    // erzeuge eine Kopie vom Cursor und speicher diese im Stack
+    void Push();
+    /*
+     *  Loescht einen Cursor (gesteuert durch bOldCrsr)
+     *      - vom Stack oder    ( bOldCrsr = TRUE )
+     *      - den aktuellen und der auf dem Stack stehende wird zum aktuellen
+     *
+     *  Return:  es war auf dem Stack noch einer vorhanden
+     */
+    FASTBOOL Pop( BOOL bOldCrsr = TRUE );
+    /*
+     * Verbinde zwei Cursor miteinander.
+     * Loesche vom Stack den obersten und setzen dessen Mark im Aktuellen.
+     */
+    void Combine();
+
+#if defined( PRODUCT )
+    void SttCrsrMove() { ++nCrsrMove; StartAction(); }
+    void EndCrsrMove( const BOOL bIdleEnd = FALSE )
+            { EndAction( bIdleEnd ); --nCrsrMove; }
+#else
+    void SttCrsrMove();
+    void EndCrsrMove( const BOOL bIdleEnd = FALSE );
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Beim Abgeben des Focuses werden die selektierten Bereiche nicht mehr
+     * angezeigt; andererseits beim Erhalten des Focuses, werden alle selek-
+     * tierten Bereiche wieder angezeigt. (Bereiche muessen neu berechnet
+     * werden!)
+     */
+    BOOL HasShFcs() const { return bHasFocus; }
+    void ShLooseFcs();
+    void ShGetFcs( BOOL bUpdate = TRUE );
+
+    // Methoden zum Anzeigen bzw. Verstecken des sichtbaren Text-Cursors
+    void ShowCrsr();
+    void HideCrsr();
+    // Methoden zum Anzeigen bzw. Verstecken der selektierten Bereiche mit
+    // dem sichtbaren Cursor
+    void ShowCrsrs( BOOL bCrsrVis );
+    void HideCrsrs();
+    // Methoden zum Anzeigen bzw. Verstecken der selektierten Bereiche mit
+    // dem sichtbaren Cursor
+    void BasicShowCrsrs()
+        { bBasicHideCrsr = FALSE; bSVCrsrVis = TRUE; ShowCrsrs(TRUE); }
+    void BasicHideCrsrs()
+        { HideCrsrs(); bBasicHideCrsr = TRUE; bSVCrsrVis = FALSE; }
+    FASTBOOL IsBasicHideCrsr() const { return bBasicHideCrsr; }
+
+    // gebe den aktuellen Frame, in dem der Cursor steht, zurueck
+    SwCntntFrm *GetCurrFrm( const BOOL bCalcFrm = TRUE ) const;
+
+    //TRUE wenn der Crsr wenn der Crsr wegen Readonly gehidet ist,
+    //FALSE wenn der arbeitet (trotz Readonly).
+    FASTBOOL IsCrsrReadonly() const;
+    // Cursor steht in etwas geschuetztem oder in die Selektion umspannt
+    // etwas geschuetztes.
+    FASTBOOL HasReadonlySel() const;
+    // darf der Cursor in ReadOnlyBereiche?
+    FASTBOOL IsReadOnlyAvailable() const { return bSetCrsrInReadOnly; }
+    void SetReadOnlyAvailable( BOOL bFlag );
+    FASTBOOL IsOverReadOnlyPos( const Point& rPt ) const;
+
+    // Methoden fuer aFlyMacroLnk
+    void        SetFlyMacroLnk( const Link& rLnk ) { aFlyMacroLnk = rLnk; }
+    const Link& GetFlyMacroLnk() const             { return aFlyMacroLnk; }
+
+    // Methoden geben/aendern den Link fuer die Attribut/Format-Aenderungen
+    void        SetChgLnk( const Link &rLnk ) { aChgLnk = rLnk; }
+    const Link& GetChgLnk() const             { return aChgLnk; }
+
+    // Methoden geben/aendern den Link fuers "Grafik vollstaendig geladen"
+    void        SetGrfArrivedLnk( const Link &rLnk ) { aGrfArrivedLnk = rLnk; }
+    const Link& GetGrfArrivedLnk() const             { return aGrfArrivedLnk; }
+
+    //ChgLink callen, innerhalb einer Action wird der Ruf verzoegert.
+    void CallChgLnk();
+
+    // Abfrage, ob der aktuelle Cursor eine Selektion aufspannt,
+    // also, ob Mark gesetzt und SPoint und Mark unterschiedlich sind.
+    FASTBOOL HasSelection();
+
+    // Abfrage, ob ueberhaupt eine Selektion existiert, sprich der akt. Cursor
+    // aufgespannt oder nicht der einzigste ist.
+    CRSR_INLINE FASTBOOL IsSelection() const;
+
+    // Abfrage, ob ein kompletter Absatz selektiert wurde
+    FASTBOOL IsSelFullPara() const;
+    // Abfrage, ob die Selektion in einem Absatz ist
+    CRSR_INLINE FASTBOOL IsSelOnePara() const;
+
+    //Sollte fuer das Clipboard der WaitPtr geschaltet werden.
+    FASTBOOL ShouldWait() const;
+
+    /*
+     * liefert das SRectangle, auf dem der Cursor steht.
+     */
+    const SwRect &GetCharRect() const { return aCharRect; }
+    /*
+     * liefert zurueck, ob der Cursor sich ganz oder teilweise im
+     * sichtbaren Bereich befindet.
+     */
+    FASTBOOL IsCrsrVisible() const { return VisArea().IsOver( GetCharRect() ); }
+
+    // gebe die aktuelle Seitennummer zurueck:
+    // TRUE:  in der der Cursor steht
+    // FALSE: die am oberen Rand sichtbar ist
+    void GetPageNum( USHORT &rnPhyNum, USHORT &rnVirtNum,
+                     BOOL bAtCrsrPos = TRUE, const BOOL bCalcFrm = TRUE );
+    // bestimme in welche Richtung "leere Seiten" behandelt werden!
+    // (wird benutzt im PhyPage.. )
+    USHORT GetNextPrevPageNum( BOOL bNext = TRUE );
+
+    // setze den Cursor auf die Seite "nPage" an den Anfang
+    FASTBOOL GotoPage( USHORT nPage );
+
+    // gebe alle Dokumentseiten zurueck
+    USHORT GetPageCnt();
+
+    // Gehe zur naechsten Selection
+    FASTBOOL GoNextCrsr();
+    // gehe zur vorherigen Selection
+    FASTBOOL GoPrevCrsr();
+
+    // am CurCrsr.SPoint
+    FASTBOOL SetBookmark( const KeyCode&, const String& rName,
+                const String& rShortName, BOOKMARK_TYPE eMark  = BOOKMARK );
+    FASTBOOL GotoBookmark( USHORT );    // setzt CurCrsr.SPoint
+    FASTBOOL GotoBookmark( USHORT nPos, BOOL bAtStart ); //
+    FASTBOOL GoNextBookmark(); // TRUE, wenn's noch eine gab
+    FASTBOOL GoPrevBookmark();
+    USHORT GetBookmarkCnt(BOOL bBkmrk = FALSE) const;
+    SwBookmark& GetBookmark( USHORT, BOOL bBkmrk = FALSE );
+    void DelBookmark( USHORT );
+    void DelBookmark( const String& rName );
+    USHORT FindBookmark( const String& rName );
+        // erzeugt einen eindeutigen Namen. Der Name selbst muss vorgegeben
+        // werden, es wird dann bei gleichen Namen nur durchnumeriert.
+    void MakeUniqueBookmarkName( String& rNm );
+
+    // aktualisiere den Crsrs, d.H. setze ihn wieder in den Content.
+    // Das sollte nur aufgerufen werden, wenn der Cursor z.B. beim
+    // Loeschen von Rahmen irgendwohin gesetzt wurde. Die Position
+    // ergibt sich aus seiner aktuellen Position im Layout !!
+    void UpdateCrsrPos();
+
+    // returne den am akt. Cursor selektierten Text. Dieser wird mit
+    // Felder etc. aufgefuellt!!
+    String GetSelTxt() const;
+    // gebe nur den Text ab der akt. Cursor Position zurueck (bis zum NodeEnde)
+    String GetText() const;
+    // retrurne die Anzahl der selektierten Zeichen.
+    // Falls keine Selektion vorliegt entscheided nType was selektiert wird
+    // bIntrnlChar besagt ob interne Zeichen erhalten bleiben (TRUE) oder
+    // ob sie expandiert werden (z.B Felder/...)
+    ULONG GetCharCount( USHORT nType, BOOL bIntrnlChrs = TRUE ) const;
+
+    // pruefe ob vom aktuellen Crsr der SPoint/Mark in einer Tabelle stehen
+    CRSR_INLINE const SwTableNode* IsCrsrInTbl( BOOL bIsPtInTbl = TRUE ) const;
+    // erfrage die Document - Layout - Position vom akt. Crsr
+    CRSR_INLINE Point& GetCrsrDocPos( BOOL bPoint = TRUE ) const;
+    CRSR_INLINE FASTBOOL IsCrsrPtAtEnd() const;
+
+    CRSR_INLINE const   SwPaM* GetTblCrs() const;
+    CRSR_INLINE         SwPaM* GetTblCrs();
+
+    FASTBOOL IsTblComplex() const;
+    FASTBOOL IsTblComplexForChart() const;
+    // erfrage die akt. TabellenSelektion als Text
+    String GetBoxNms() const;
+
+    // setze Crsr in die naechsten/vorherigen Celle
+    FASTBOOL GoNextCell( BOOL bAppendLine = TRUE );
+    FASTBOOL GoPrevCell();
+    // gehe zu dieser Box (wenn vorhanden und in Tabelle!)
+    FASTBOOL GotoTblBox( const String& rName );
+    FASTBOOL GotoTable( const String& rName );
+
+    // selectiere diese Zeile/Spalte
+    FASTBOOL SelTblRow();
+    FASTBOOL SelTblCol();
+
+    // zum naechsten/vorhergehenden Punkt auf gleicher Ebene
+    FASTBOOL GotoNextNum();
+    FASTBOOL GotoPrevNum();
+
+        // zu diesem Gliederungspunkt
+    FASTBOOL GotoOutline( const String& rName );
+        // zum naechsten/vorhergehenden oder angegebenen OultineNode
+    void GotoOutline( USHORT nIdx );
+        // suche die "Outline-Position" im Nodes-Array vom akt. Kaiptel
+    USHORT GetOutlinePos( BYTE nLevel = UCHAR_MAX );
+        // selektiere den angeben Bereich von OutlineNodes. Optional
+        // inclusive der Childs. Die USHORT sind die Positionen im
+        // OutlineNds-Array!! (EditShell)
+    FASTBOOL MakeOutlineSel( USHORT nSttPos, USHORT nEndPos,
+                        BOOL bWithChilds = FALSE );
+
+    FASTBOOL GotoNextOutline();         // naechster Node mit Outline-Num.
+    FASTBOOL GotoPrevOutline();         // vorheriger Node mit Outline-Num.
+
+        // ist der Crsr in einer Tabelle und ist die Selection ueber
+        // zwei Spalten
+    FASTBOOL IsTableMode() const { return 0 != pTblCrsr; }
+
+        // erfrage den Tabellen Crsr; ausserhalb von Tabellen immer 0
+    const SwShellTableCrsr* GetTableCrsr() const { return pTblCrsr; }
+    SwShellTableCrsr* GetTableCrsr() { return pTblCrsr; }
+    USHORT UpdateTblSelBoxes();
+
+    FASTBOOL GotoFtnTxt();      // springe aus dem Content zur Fussnote
+    FASTBOOL GotoFtnAnchor();   // springe aus der Fussnote zum Anker
+    FASTBOOL GotoNextFtnAnchor();
+    FASTBOOL GotoPrevFtnAnchor();
+    FASTBOOL GotoNextFtnCntnt();
+    FASTBOOL GotoPrevFtnCntnt();
+
+    FASTBOOL GotoFlyTxt();          // springe aus dem Content zum "naechsten" Rahmen
+    FASTBOOL GotoFlyAnchor();       // springe aus dem Rahmen zum Anker
+    FASTBOOL GotoHeaderTxt();       // springe aus dem Content zum Header
+    FASTBOOL GotoFooterTxt();       // springe aus dem Content zum Footer
+    // springe in den Header/Footer des angegebenen oder akt. PageDesc
+    FASTBOOL SetCrsrInHdFt( USHORT nDescNo = USHRT_MAX,
+                            FASTBOOL bInHeader = TRUE );
+    // is point of cursor in header/footer. pbInHeader return TRUE if it is
+    // in a headerframe otherwise in a footerframe
+    FASTBOOL IsInHeaderFooter( FASTBOOL* pbInHeader = 0 ) const;
+
+    // springe zum naechsten Verzeichnis [mit dem Namen]
+    FASTBOOL GotoNextTOXBase( const String* = 0 );
+    // springe zum vorherigen Verzeichnis [mit dem Namen]
+    FASTBOOL GotoPrevTOXBase( const String* = 0 );
+    FASTBOOL GotoTOXMarkBase();     // springe zum Verzeichnis vom TOXMark
+    // springe zum naechsten (vorherigen) Verzeichniseintrag
+    FASTBOOL GotoNxtPrvTOXMark( BOOL bNext = TRUE );
+    // Zur naechsten/ vorherigen Verzeichnismarke dieses Typs traveln
+    const SwTOXMark& GotoTOXMark( const SwTOXMark& rStart, SwTOXSearch eDir );
+
+    // springe zum naechsten (vorherigen) Tabellenformel
+    // optional auch nur zu kaputten Formeln springen
+    FASTBOOL GotoNxtPrvTblFormula( BOOL bNext = TRUE,
+                                    BOOL bOnlyErrors = FALSE );
+
+    // springe zu dieser Refmark
+    FASTBOOL GotoRefMark( const String& rRefMark, USHORT nSubType = 0,
+                            USHORT nSeqNo = 0 );
+
+    // hole vom Start/Ende der akt. Selection das nte Zeichen
+    sal_Unicode GetChar( BOOL bEnd = TRUE, long nOffset = 0 );
+    // erweiter die akt. Selection am Anfang/Ende um n Zeichen
+    FASTBOOL ExtendSelection( BOOL bEnd = TRUE, xub_StrLen nCount = 1 );
+    // setze nur den sichtbaren Cursor an die angegebene Dokument-Pos.
+    // returnt FALSE: wenn der ob der SPoint vom Layout korrigiert wurde.
+    // (wird zum Anzeigen von Drag&Drop/Copy-Cursor benoetigt)
+    FASTBOOL SetVisCrsr( const Point &rPt );
+    CRSR_INLINE void UnSetVisCrsr();
+
+    // springe zum nachsten/vorherigen Feld des entsprechenden Types
+    FASTBOOL MoveFldType( const SwFieldType* pFldType, BOOL bNext,
+                                            USHORT nSubType = USHRT_MAX,
+                                            USHORT nResType = USHRT_MAX );
+    // springe genau zu diesem Feld
+    FASTBOOL GotoFld( const SwFmtFld& rFld );
+
+    // returne die Anzahl der Cursor im Ring (Flag besagt ob man nur
+    // aufgepspannte haben will - sprich etwas selektiert ist (Basic))
+    USHORT GetCrsrCnt( BOOL bAll = TRUE ) const;
+
+    // Char Travelling - Methoden (in crstrvl1.cxx)
+    FASTBOOL IsStartWord()const;
+    FASTBOOL IsEndWord() const;
+    FASTBOOL IsInWord() const;
+    FASTBOOL GoStartWord();
+    FASTBOOL GoEndWord();
+    FASTBOOL GoNextWord();
+    FASTBOOL GoPrevWord();
+    FASTBOOL GoNextSentence();
+    FASTBOOL GoPrevSentence();
+    FASTBOOL SelectWord( const Point* pPt = 0 );
+
+    // Abfrage vom CrsrTravelling Status
+    CrsrMoveState GetMoveState() const { return eMvState; }
+
+    // Position vom akt. Cursor erfragen
+    FASTBOOL IsStartOfDoc() const;
+    FASTBOOL IsEndOfDoc() const;
+    FASTBOOL IsSttPara() const;
+    FASTBOOL IsEndPara() const;
+    FASTBOOL IsAtLeftMargin()   const       { return IsAtLRMargin( TRUE ); }
+    FASTBOOL IsAtRightMargin(BOOL bAPI = FALSE) const   { return IsAtLRMargin( FALSE, bAPI ); }
+
+    // loesche alle erzeugten Crsr, setze den Tabellen-Crsr und den letzten
+    // Cursor auf seinen TextNode (oder StartNode?).
+    // Beim naechsten ::GetCrsr werden sie wieder alle erzeugt.
+    // Wird fuers Drag&Drop/ClipBorad-Paste in Tabellen benoetigt.
+    FASTBOOL ParkTblCrsr();
+
+    // erfrage die selektierte "Region" aller Cursor (fuer D&D auf Mac)
+    Region GetCrsrRegion() const;
+
+    // gibt es nicht aufgespannte Attribute?
+    FASTBOOL IsGCAttr() const { return bGCAttr; }
+    void    ClearGCAttr() { bGCAttr = FALSE; }
+    void    UpdateAttr() {  bGCAttr = TRUE; }
+
+    // ist das gesamte Dokument geschuetzt/versteckt?? (fuer UI,..)
+    FASTBOOL IsAllProtect() const { return bAllProtect; }
+
+#ifdef SW_CRSR_TIMER
+    // setze das Flag am VisCrsr, ob dieser ueber Timer getriggert (TRUE)
+    // oder direkt (FALSE) angezeigt wird. (default ist Timer getriggert)
+    FASTBOOL ChgCrsrTimerFlag( BOOL bTimerOn = TRUE );
+#endif
+
+    // steht der Curor auf einem "Symbol"-Zeichen
+    FASTBOOL IsInSymbolFont() const;
+
+    BOOL BasicActionPend() const    { return nBasicActionCnt != nStartAction; }
+
+        // springe zum benannten Bereich
+    FASTBOOL GotoRegion( const String& rName );
+
+    // zeige die aktuelle Selektion an
+    virtual void MakeSelVisible();
+
+    // setzte den Cursor auf einen NICHT geschuetzten/versteckten Node
+    FASTBOOL FindValidCntntNode( BOOL bOnlyText = FALSE );
+
+    FASTBOOL GetContentAtPos( const Point& rPt,
+                            SwContentAtPos& rCntntAtPos,
+                            FASTBOOL bSetCrsr = FALSE,
+                            SwRect* pFldRect = 0 );
+
+        // Attribut selelktieren
+    FASTBOOL SelectTxtAttr( USHORT nWhich, BOOL bExpand = FALSE,
+                            const SwTxtAttr* pAttr = 0 );
+    FASTBOOL GotoINetAttr( const SwTxtINetFmt& rAttr );
+    const SwFmtINetFmt* FindINetAttr( const String& rName ) const;
+
+    FASTBOOL CheckTblBoxCntnt( const SwPosition* pPos = 0 );
+    void SaveTblBoxCntnt( const SwPosition* pPos = 0 );
+    void ClearTblBoxCntnt();
+    FASTBOOL EndAllTblBoxEdit();
+
+    // wird gerufen, wenn eine Tabellenselektion im UpdateCrsr erzeugt wird,
+    // ohne das die UI davon etaws weiss
+    virtual void NewCoreSelection();
+
+    void SetSelTblCells( BOOL bFlag )           { bSelTblCells = bFlag; }
+    BOOL IsSelTblCells() const                  { return bSelTblCells; }
+
+    BOOL IsAutoUpdateCells() const              { return bAutoUpdateCells; }
+    void SetAutoUpdateCells( BOOL bFlag )       { bAutoUpdateCells = bFlag; }
+
+    FASTBOOL GetShadowCrsrPos( const Point& rPt, SwFillMode eFillMode,
+                            SwRect& rRect, SwHoriOrient& rOrient );
+    FASTBOOL SetShadowCrsrPos( const Point& rPt, SwFillMode eFillMode );
+
+    const SwRedline* SelNextRedline();
+    const SwRedline* SelPrevRedline();
+    const SwRedline* GotoRedline( USHORT nArrPos, BOOL bSelect = FALSE );
+};
+
+
+class SwChgLinkFlag
+{
+    BOOL bOldFlag;
+    SwCrsrShell& rCrsrShell;
+    long nLeftFrmPos;
+public:
+    SwChgLinkFlag( SwCrsrShell& rShell );
+    ~SwChgLinkFlag();
+};
+
+
+
+// Cursor Inlines:
+
+#if defined(PRODUCT) && !defined(WIN)
+
+inline SwMoveFnCollection* SwCrsrShell::MakeFindRange(
+            USHORT nStt, USHORT nEnd, SwPaM* pPam ) const
+{
+    return pCurCrsr->MakeFindRange( (SwDocPositions)nStt, (SwDocPositions)nEnd, pPam );
+}
+
+inline SwCursor* SwCrsrShell::GetSwCrsr( FASTBOOL bMakeTblCrsr ) const
+{
+    return (SwCursor*)GetCrsr( bMakeTblCrsr );
+}
+
+inline SwPaM* SwCrsrShell::GetStkCrsr() const { return pCrsrStk; }
+
+inline void SwCrsrShell::SetMark() { pCurCrsr->SetMark(); }
+
+inline FASTBOOL SwCrsrShell::HasMark() { return( pCurCrsr->HasMark() ); }
+
+inline FASTBOOL SwCrsrShell::IsSelection() const
+{
+    return IsTableMode() || pCurCrsr->HasMark() ||
+            pCurCrsr->GetNext() != pCurCrsr;
+}
+
+inline FASTBOOL SwCrsrShell::IsSelOnePara() const
+{
+    return pCurCrsr == pCurCrsr->GetNext() &&
+           pCurCrsr->GetPoint()->nNode == pCurCrsr->GetMark()->nNode;
+}
+
+inline const SwTableNode* SwCrsrShell::IsCrsrInTbl( BOOL bIsPtInTbl ) const
+{
+    return pCurCrsr->GetNode( bIsPtInTbl )->FindTableNode();
+}
+
+inline FASTBOOL SwCrsrShell::IsCrsrPtAtEnd() const
+{
+    return pCurCrsr->End() == pCurCrsr->GetPoint();
+}
+
+inline Point& SwCrsrShell::GetCrsrDocPos( BOOL bPoint ) const
+{
+    return bPoint ? pCurCrsr->GetPtPos() : pCurCrsr->GetMkPos();
+}
+
+inline const SwPaM* SwCrsrShell::GetTblCrs() const
+{
+    return pTblCrsr;
+}
+
+inline SwPaM* SwCrsrShell::GetTblCrs()
+{
+    return pTblCrsr;
+}
+
+inline void SwCrsrShell::UnSetVisCrsr()
+{
+    pVisCrsr->Hide();
+    pVisCrsr->SetDragCrsr( FALSE );
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  // _CRSRSH_HXX
diff --git a/sw/inc/crstate.hxx b/sw/inc/crstate.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e712b0c12278
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/crstate.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: crstate.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _CRSTATE_HXX
+#define _CRSTATE_HXX
+
+#ifndef _GEN_HXX //autogen
+#include <tools/gen.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SWTYPES_HXX
+#include <swtypes.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _SWRECT_HXX
+#include <swrect.hxx>
+#endif
+
+enum SwFillMode
+{
+    FILL_TAB,       // default, Auffuellen mit Tabulatoren
+    FILL_SPACE,     // ... mit Tabulatoren und Spaces
+    FILL_MARGIN,    // nur links, zentriert, rechts Ausrichten
+    FILL_INDENT     // durch linken Absatzeinzug
+};
+
+struct SwFillCrsrPos
+{
+    SwRect aCrsr;           // Position und Groesse des Shadowcursors
+    USHORT nParaCnt;        // Anzahl der einzufuegenden Absaetze
+    USHORT nTabCnt;         // Anzahl der Tabs bzw. Groesse des Einzugs
+    USHORT nSpaceCnt;       // Anzahl der einzufuegenden Leerzeichen
+    USHORT nColumnCnt;      // Anzahl der notwendigen Spaltenumbrueche
+    SwHoriOrient eOrient;   // Absatzausrichtung
+    SwFillMode eMode;       // Gewuenschte Auffuellregel
+    SwFillCrsrPos( SwFillMode eMd = FILL_TAB ) :
+        nParaCnt( 0 ), nTabCnt( 0 ), nSpaceCnt( 0 ), nColumnCnt( 0 ),
+        eOrient( HORI_NONE ), eMode( eMd )
+    {}
+};
+
+// CrsrTravelling-Staties (fuer GetCrsrOfst)
+enum CrsrMoveState
+{
+    MV_NONE,            // default
+    MV_UPDOWN,          // Crsr Up/Down
+    MV_RIGHTMARGIN,     // an rechten Rand
+    MV_LEFTMARGIN,      // an linken Rand
+    MV_SETONLYTEXT,     // mit dem Cursr nur im Text bleiben
+    MV_TBLSEL           // nicht in wiederholte Headlines
+};
+
+// struct fuer spaetere Erweiterungen
+struct SwCrsrMoveState
+{
+    SwFillCrsrPos   *pFill;     // fuer das automatische Auffuellen mit Tabs etc.
+    Point aRealHeight;          // enthaelt dann die Position/Hoehe des Cursors
+    CrsrMoveState eState;
+    BOOL bStop          :1;
+    BOOL bRealHeight    :1;     // Soll die reale Hoehe berechnet werden?
+    BOOL bFieldInfo     :1;     // Sollen Felder erkannt werden?
+    BOOL bPosCorr       :1;     // Point musste korrigiert werden
+    BOOL bFtnNoInfo     :1;     // Fussnotennumerierung erkannt
+    BOOL bExactOnly     :1;     // GetCrsrOfst nur nach Exakten Treffern
+                                // suchen lassen, sprich niemals in das
+                                // GetCntntPos laufen.
+    BOOL bFillRet       :1;     // wird nur im FillModus temp. genutzt
+    BOOL bSetInReadOnly :1;     // ReadOnlyBereiche duerfen betreten werden
+    BOOL bDropIt        :1;     // dropportions allowed
+
+    SwCrsrMoveState( CrsrMoveState eSt = MV_NONE ) :
+        pFill( NULL ),
+        eState( eSt ),
+        bStop( FALSE ),
+        bRealHeight( FALSE ),
+        bFieldInfo( FALSE ),
+        bPosCorr( FALSE ),
+        bFtnNoInfo( FALSE ),
+        bExactOnly( FALSE ),
+        bSetInReadOnly( FALSE ),
+        bDropIt( FALSE )
+    {}
+    SwCrsrMoveState( SwFillCrsrPos *pInitFill ) :
+        pFill( pInitFill ),
+        eState( MV_SETONLYTEXT ),
+        bStop( FALSE ),
+        bRealHeight( FALSE ),
+        bFieldInfo( FALSE ),
+        bPosCorr( FALSE ),
+        bFtnNoInfo( FALSE ),
+        bExactOnly( FALSE ),
+        bSetInReadOnly( FALSE ),
+        bDropIt( FALSE )
+    {}
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/cshtyp.hxx b/sw/inc/cshtyp.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..269673eaa656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/cshtyp.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: cshtyp.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _CSHTYP_HXX
+#define _CSHTYP_HXX
+
+#ifndef _SOLAR_H
+#include <tools/solar.h>
+#endif
+
+class UniString;
+class SwPaM;
+class SwCntntFrm;
+class SwLayoutFrm;
+
+// eine Struktur fuer den SwPaM. In dieser stehen die Methoden-Pointer
+// fuer das richtungsabhaengige Bewegen des Cursors.
+struct SwMoveFnCollection;
+typedef SwMoveFnCollection* SwMoveFn;
+
+
+// Type-Definition fuer die CrsrShell
+// Richtungsparameter fuer MovePage ( wird in SwCntntFrm initialisiert )
+typedef SwLayoutFrm * (*SwWhichPage)( const SwLayoutFrm * );
+typedef SwCntntFrm  * (*SwPosPage)( const SwLayoutFrm * );
+extern SwWhichPage fnPagePrev, fnPageCurr, fnPageNext;
+extern SwPosPage fnPageStart, fnPageEnd;
+
+// Richtungsparameter fuer MovePara ( wird in SwPaM initialisiert )
+typedef SwMoveFnCollection* SwPosPara;
+typedef FASTBOOL (*SwWhichPara)( SwPaM&, SwPosPara );
+extern SwWhichPara fnParaPrev, fnParaCurr, fnParaNext;
+extern SwPosPara fnParaStart, fnParaEnd;
+
+// Richtungsparameter fuer MoveSection
+typedef SwMoveFnCollection* SwPosSection;
+typedef FASTBOOL (*SwWhichSection)( SwPaM&, SwPosSection );
+extern SwWhichSection fnSectionPrev, fnSectionCurr, fnSectionNext;
+extern SwPosSection fnSectionStart, fnSectionEnd;
+
+// Richtungsparameter fuer MoveTable
+typedef SwMoveFnCollection* SwPosTable;
+typedef FASTBOOL (*SwWhichTable)( SwPaM&, SwPosTable, FASTBOOL bInReadOnly );
+extern SwWhichTable fnTablePrev, fnTableCurr, fnTableNext;
+extern SwPosTable fnTableStart, fnTableEnd;
+
+// Richtungsparameter fuer MoveColumn
+typedef SwLayoutFrm * (*SwWhichColumn)( const SwLayoutFrm * );
+typedef SwCntntFrm  * (*SwPosColumn)( const SwLayoutFrm * );
+extern SwWhichColumn fnColumnPrev, fnColumnCurr, fnColumnNext;
+extern SwPosColumn fnColumnStart, fnColumnEnd;
+
+// Richtungsparameter fuer MoveRegion   (Bereiche!)
+typedef SwMoveFnCollection* SwPosRegion;
+typedef FASTBOOL (*SwWhichRegion)( SwPaM&, SwPosRegion, FASTBOOL bInReadOnly );
+extern SwWhichRegion fnRegionPrev, fnRegionCurr, fnRegionNext, fnRegionCurrAndSkip;
+extern SwPosRegion fnRegionStart, fnRegionEnd;
+
+
+
+/*
+ * folgende Kombinationen sind erlaubt:
+ *  - suche einen im Body:                  -> FND_IN_BODY
+ *  - suche alle im Body:                   -> FND_IN_BODYONLY | FND_IN_SELALL
+ *  - suche in Selectionen: einen / alle    -> FND_IN_SEL  [ | FND_IN_SELALL ]
+ *  - suche im nicht Body: einen / alle     -> FND_IN_OTHER [ | FND_IN_SELALL ]
+ *  - suche ueberall alle:                  -> FND_IN_SELALL
+ */
+enum FindRanges
+{
+    FND_IN_BODY     = 0x00,     // suche "eins" mur im Body-Text
+    FND_IN_OTHER    = 0x02,     // suche "alles" in Footer/Header/Fly...
+    FND_IN_SEL      = 0x04,     // suche in Selectionen
+    FND_IN_BODYONLY = 0x08,     // suche nur im Body - nur in Verbindung mit
+                                // FND_IN_SELALL !!!
+    FND_IN_SELALL   = 0x01      // - alle ( nur im nicht Body und Selectionen)
+};
+
+
+enum SwDocPositions
+{
+    DOCPOS_START,
+    DOCPOS_CURR,
+    DOCPOS_END,
+    DOCPOS_OTHERSTART,
+    DOCPOS_OTHEREND
+};
+
+
+#endif  // _CSHTYP_HXX
diff --git a/sw/inc/dbfld.hxx b/sw/inc/dbfld.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c6fca4ada324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/dbfld.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: dbfld.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DBFLD_HXX
+#define _DBFLD_HXX
+
+#include "fldbas.hxx"
+
+class SwDoc;
+class SwTxtFld;
+class SwFrm;
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Datenbankfeld
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBFieldType : public SwValueFieldType
+{
+    String aName;       // Syntax: Datenbankname.Feldname
+    long   nRefCnt;
+
+public:
+
+    SwDBFieldType(SwDoc* pDocPtr, const String& Name, const String& rSymDBName);
+
+    virtual const String& GetName() const;
+    virtual SwFieldType*  Copy() const;
+
+    inline void     AddRef() { nRefCnt++; }
+    void            ReleaseRef();
+    inline long     GetRefCount() { return nRefCnt; }
+
+    String          GetColumnName();
+    String          GetDBName();
+
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung:
+    von SwFields abgeleitete Klassen. Sie ueberlagern die Expand-Funktion.
+    Der Inhalt wird entsprechend dem Format, soweit vorhanden, formatiert.
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBField : public SwValueField
+{
+    String  aContent;
+    USHORT  nSubType;
+    BOOL    bIsInBodyTxt    : 1;
+    BOOL    bValidValue     : 1;
+    BOOL    bInitialized    : 1;
+
+public:
+    SwDBField(SwDBFieldType*, ULONG nFmt = 0);
+    virtual ~SwDBField();
+
+    virtual SwFieldType*    ChgTyp( SwFieldType* );
+
+    // Der aktuelle Text
+    inline  void        SetExpansion(const String& rStr);
+    virtual String      Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*    Copy() const;
+
+    virtual USHORT      GetSubType() const;
+    virtual void        SetSubType(USHORT nType);
+
+    // Name oder Inhalt
+    virtual String      GetCntnt(BOOL bName = FALSE) const;
+
+    // fuer Berechnungen in Ausdruecken
+    void                ChgValue( double d, BOOL bVal );
+
+    // Evaluierung ueber den DBMgr String rauspulen
+    void                Evaluate();
+
+    // Evaluierung fuer Kopf und Fusszeilen
+    void                ChangeExpansion( const SwFrm*, const SwTxtFld* );
+    void                InitContent();
+    void                InitContent(const String& rExpansion);
+    String              GetOldContent();
+
+    inline void         ChgBodyTxtFlag( BOOL bIsInBody );
+    inline BOOL         IsInBodyTxt() const;
+
+    inline BOOL         IsValidValue() const    { return bValidValue; }
+
+    inline BOOL         IsInitialized() const   { return bInitialized; }
+    inline void         ClearInitialized()      { bInitialized = FALSE; }
+    inline void         SetInitialized()        { bInitialized = TRUE; }
+
+    // Name erfragen
+    virtual const String& GetPar1() const;
+
+    // DBName
+    inline String       GetDBName() const { return ((SwDBFieldType*)GetTyp())->GetDBName(); }
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+inline  void SwDBField::SetExpansion(const String& rStr)
+    { aContent = rStr; }
+
+// wird von der Formatierung abgefragt
+inline BOOL SwDBField::IsInBodyTxt() const
+    { return bIsInBodyTxt; }
+
+// wird von UpdateExpFlds gesetzt (dort ist die Node-Position bekannt)
+inline void SwDBField::ChgBodyTxtFlag( BOOL bIsInBody )
+    { bIsInBodyTxt = bIsInBody; }
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Basisklasse fuer alle weiteren Datenbankfelder
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBNameInfField : public SwField
+{
+    String  sDBName;
+
+protected:
+    const String&   GetDBName() const {return sDBName;}
+    String&         GetDBName() {return sDBName;}
+
+    SwDBNameInfField(SwFieldType* pTyp, const String& rDBName, ULONG nFmt = 0);
+
+public:
+    // DBName
+    inline const String&    GetRealDBName() { return sDBName; }
+
+    String                  GetDBName(SwDoc* pDoc);
+    inline void             SetDBName(const String& rDBName) { sDBName = rDBName; }
+
+    // Name oder Inhalt
+    virtual String          GetCntnt(BOOL bName = FALSE) const;
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Datenbankfeld Naechster Satz
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBNextSetFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+public:
+    SwDBNextSetFieldType();
+
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Naechsten Datensatz mit Bedingung
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBNextSetField : public SwDBNameInfField
+{
+    String  aCond;
+    BOOL    bCondValid;
+
+public:
+    SwDBNextSetField( SwDBNextSetFieldType*,
+                      const String& rCond, const String& rDummy, const String& rDBName);
+
+    virtual String          Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*        Copy() const;
+
+    void                    Evaluate(SwDoc*);
+    inline void             SetCondValid(BOOL bCond);
+    inline BOOL             IsCondValid() const;
+
+    // Condition
+    virtual const String&   GetPar1() const;
+    virtual void            SetPar1(const String& rStr);
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+inline BOOL SwDBNextSetField::IsCondValid() const
+    { return bCondValid; }
+
+inline void SwDBNextSetField::SetCondValid(BOOL bCond)
+    { bCondValid = bCond; }
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Datenbankfeld Naechster Satz
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBNumSetFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+public:
+    SwDBNumSetFieldType();
+
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Datensatz mit Nummer xxx
+                  Die Nummer steht in nFormat
+                  ! kleiner Missbrauch
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBNumSetField : public SwDBNameInfField
+{
+    String  aCond;
+    String  aPar2;
+    BOOL    bCondValid;
+
+public:
+    SwDBNumSetField(SwDBNumSetFieldType*, const String& rCond, const String& rDBNum, const String& rDBName);
+
+    virtual String          Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*        Copy() const;
+
+    inline BOOL             IsCondValid() const;
+    inline void             SetCondValid(BOOL bCond);
+    void                    Evaluate(SwDoc*);
+
+    // Condition
+    virtual const String&   GetPar1() const;
+    virtual void            SetPar1(const String& rStr);
+
+    // Datensatznummer
+    virtual String          GetPar2()   const;
+    virtual void            SetPar2(const String& rStr);
+
+    // Die Datensatznummer steht in nFormat !!
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+inline BOOL SwDBNumSetField::IsCondValid() const
+    { return bCondValid; }
+
+inline void SwDBNumSetField::SetCondValid(BOOL bCond)
+    { bCondValid = bCond; }
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Datenbankname
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBNameFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+        SwDoc *pDoc;
+public:
+    SwDBNameFieldType(SwDoc*);
+
+    String                  Expand(ULONG) const;
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Datenbankfeld
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBNameField : public SwDBNameInfField
+{
+public:
+    SwDBNameField(SwDBNameFieldType*, const String& rDBName, ULONG nFmt = 0);
+
+    virtual String   Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField* Copy() const;
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Datensatznummer
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBSetNumberFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+public:
+    SwDBSetNumberFieldType();
+
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Datenbankfeld
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDBSetNumberField : public SwDBNameInfField
+{
+    long    nNumber;
+
+public:
+    SwDBSetNumberField(SwDBSetNumberFieldType*, const String& rDBName, ULONG nFmt = 0);
+
+    virtual String  Expand() const;
+    virtual         SwField* Copy() const;
+    void            Evaluate(SwDoc*);
+
+    inline long     GetSetNumber() const;
+    inline void     SetSetNumber(long nNum);
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+inline long SwDBSetNumberField::GetSetNumber() const
+    { return nNumber; }
+
+inline void SwDBSetNumberField::SetSetNumber(long nNum)
+    { nNumber = nNum; }
+
+
+#endif // _DBFLD_HXX
diff --git a/sw/inc/dbmgr.hxx b/sw/inc/dbmgr.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..07ddffd79730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/dbmgr.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: dbmgr.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _SWDBMGR_HXX
+#define _SWDBMGR_HXX
+
+
+#ifndef _STRING_HXX //autogen
+#include <tools/string.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+#ifndef _SBAITEMS_HXX
+#include "offmgr/sbaitems.hxx"
+#endif
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_UTIL_DATE_HPP_
+#include <com/sun/star/util/Date.hpp>
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef _OFF_OFADBMGR_HXX //autogen
+#include <offmgr/ofadbmgr.hxx>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "swtypes.hxx"  // fuer aEmptyStr
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_UNO_REFERENCE_H_
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Reference.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_UNO_SEQUENCE_H_
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Sequence.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LANG_LOCALE_HPP_
+#include <com/sun/star/lang/Locale.hpp>
+#endif
+namespace com{namespace sun{namespace star{
+    namespace sdbc{
+        class XConnection;
+        class XStatement;
+        class XDataSource;
+        class XResultSet;
+    }
+    namespace beans{
+
+        class XPropertySet;
+    }
+    namespace sdbcx{
+        class XColumnsSupplier;
+    }
+    namespace util{
+        class XNumberFormatter;
+    }
+}}}
+
+struct SwDBFormatData
+{
+    com::sun::star::util::Date aNullDate;
+    com::sun::star::uno::Reference< com::sun::star::util::XNumberFormatter> xFormatter;
+    com::sun::star::lang::Locale aLocale;
+};
+#endif //REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+
+class SwView;
+class SwWrtShell;
+class SwPrtOptions;
+class SfxProgress;
+class ListBox;
+class Button;
+class SvNumberFormatter;
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum DBMgrOptions
+{
+    DBMGR_MERGE,            // Datensaetze in Felder
+    DBMGR_INSERT,           // Datensaetze in Text
+    DBMGR_MERGE_MAILMERGE,  // Serienbriefe drucken
+    DBMGR_MERGE_MAILING,    // Serienbriefe als email versenden
+    DBMGR_MERGE_MAILFILES   // Serienbriefe als Datei(en) speichern
+};
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+     Beschreibung: (neue) Logische Datenbanken verwalten
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+#define SW_DB_SELECT_UNKNOWN    0
+#define SW_DB_SELECT_TABLE      1
+#define SW_DB_SELECT_QUERY      2
+
+struct SwDSParam
+{
+    String                      sDataSource;
+    String                      sTableOrQuery;
+    BYTE                        nTableOrQuery;
+    String                      sStatement;
+    com::sun::star::util::Date  aNullDate;
+
+    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<com::sun::star::util::XNumberFormatter>    xFormatter;
+    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<::com::sun::star::sdbc::XConnection>       xConnection;
+    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<::com::sun::star::sdbc::XStatement>        xStatement;
+    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<::com::sun::star::sdbc::XResultSet>        xResultSet;
+
+    SbaSelectionListRef         xSelectionList;
+    BOOL bScrollable;
+    BOOL bSelectionList;
+    BOOL bEndOfDB;
+    long nSelectionIndex;
+
+    SwDSParam(const String& rSource, const String& rTable, BYTE nType, const String& rStatement) :
+        sDataSource(rSource),
+        sTableOrQuery(rTable),
+        nTableOrQuery(nType),
+        sStatement(rStatement),
+        bScrollable(FALSE),
+        bSelectionList(FALSE),
+        bEndOfDB(FALSE),
+        nSelectionIndex(0)
+        {}
+};
+typedef SwDSParam* SwDSParamPtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL(SwDSParamArr, SwDSParamPtr, 0, 5)
+
+#endif  //REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+class SwNewDBMgr
+#else
+class SwNewDBMgr : public OfaDBMgr
+#endif
+{
+    SbaSelectionListRef pMergeList;     // Liste der f�r Serienbrief selektierten Eintr„ge
+    String              sEMailAddrFld;  // Mailing: Spaltenname der E-Mail Adresse
+    String              sSubject;       // Mailing: Subject
+    String              sAttached;      // Mailing: Attachte Files
+    USHORT              nMergeType;
+    BOOL                bInitDBFields : 1;  // TRUE: Datenbank an Feldern beim Mergen
+    BOOL                bSingleJobs : 1;    // Einzelne Druckjobs bei Aufruf aus Basic
+    BOOL                bCancel : 1;        // Serienbrief-Save abgebrochen
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+    BOOL                bInMerge    : 1;    //merge process active
+    SwDSParamArr        aDataSourceParams;
+
+    SwDSParam*          pMergeData;
+
+    BOOL                OpenMergeSource(const String& rDataSource,
+                            const String& rDataTableOrQuery,
+                            const String& rStatement,
+                            const SbaSelectionListRef xSelectionList);
+    SwDSParam*          FindDSData(const String& rDBName, BOOL bCreate);
+#endif
+
+
+    DECL_LINK( PrtCancelHdl, Button * );
+
+    // Datensaetze als Text ins Dokument einfuegen
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+    void ImportFromConnection( SwWrtShell* pSh);
+#else
+    void ImportFromConnection( SwWrtShell* pSh,
+                                const SbaSelectionList* pSelList = 0 );
+#endif
+
+    // Einzelnen Datensatz als Text ins Dokument einfuegen
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+    void ImportDBEntry(SwWrtShell* pSh);
+#else
+    void ImportDBEntry(SbaDBDataDef* pDef, SwWrtShell* pSh);
+    BOOL    GotoNextSelectedRecord( BOOL bSyncronized );
+#endif
+
+    // Mischen von Datensaetzen in Felder, dann per email versenden
+    BOOL            MergeMailing(SwWrtShell* pSh);
+    // Mischen von Datensaetzen in Felder, dann als Datei abspeichern
+    BOOL            MergeMailFiles(SwWrtShell* pSh);
+public:
+    SwNewDBMgr();
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+    ~SwNewDBMgr();
+#endif
+    // Am Dokument Datenbank- Tabellenname und SQL-Select-Statement setzen
+    void            ChgDBName( SwWrtShell* pSh,
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+                        const String& rDataSource,
+                        const String& rTableOrQuery,
+#else
+                        const String& rDBName,
+#endif
+                                const String& rStatement );
+
+    // Art des aktellen Mergens. Siehe DBMgrOptions-enum
+    inline USHORT   GetMergeType() const            { return nMergeType; }
+    inline void     SetMergeType( USHORT nTyp )     { nMergeType = nTyp; }
+
+    // Mischen von Datensaetzen in Felder
+    BOOL            Merge(USHORT nOpt, SwWrtShell* pSh, const String& rStatement,
+                        const SbaSelectionListRef pSelectionList,
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+                        const String& rDataSource,
+                        const String& rTableOrQuery,
+#else
+                        const String& rDBName,
+#endif
+                        const String *pPrinter = NULL);
+    BOOL            Merge(SwWrtShell* pSh);
+    // Mischen von Datensaetzen in Felder, dann drucken
+    BOOL            MergePrint( SwView& rView,
+                                SwPrtOptions& rOpt, SfxProgress& rProgress );
+    inline SbaSelectionListRef& GetMergeList()  { return pMergeList; }
+
+    // Datenbankfelder mit fehlendem Datenbankname initialisieren
+    inline BOOL     IsInitDBFields() const  { return bInitDBFields; }
+    inline void     SetInitDBFields(BOOL b) { bInitDBFields = b;    }
+
+    // Serienbriefe einzelnd oder alle zusammen drucken/speichern
+    inline BOOL     IsSingleJobs() const    { return bSingleJobs;   }
+    inline void     SetSingleJobs(BOOL b)   { bSingleJobs = b;  }
+
+    // Mailing
+    // email-Daten setzen
+    inline void     SetEMailColumn(const String& sColName) { sEMailAddrFld = sColName; }
+    inline void     SetSubject(const String& sSbj) { sSubject = sSbj; }
+    inline void     SetAttachment(const String& sAtt) { sAttached = sAtt; }
+
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+    // Listbox mit allen Tabellennamen einer Datenbank fuellen
+    BOOL            GetTableNames(ListBox* pListBox, const String& rDBName );
+    // Listbox mit allen Spaltennamen einer Datenbanktabelle fuellen
+    BOOL            GetColumnNames(ListBox* pListBox,
+                        const String& rDBName, const String& rTableName, BOOL bAppend = FALSE);
+    ULONG GetColumnFmt( const String& rDBName,
+                        const String& rTableName,
+                        const String& rColNm,
+                        SvNumberFormatter* pNFmtr,
+                        long nLanguage );
+    sal_Int32 GetColumnType( const String& rDBName,
+                          const String& rTableName,
+                          const String& rColNm );
+
+#else
+    // Listbox mit allen Tabellennamen einer Datenbank fuellen
+    BOOL            GetTableNames(ListBox* pListBox, String sDBName);
+    // Listbox mit allen Spaltennamen einer Datenbanktabelle fuellen
+    BOOL            GetColumnNames(ListBox* pListBox, String sDBName, BOOL bAppend = FALSE);
+    // DB-Cursor auf einen bestimmten Datensatz stellen
+    // (Ist im OfaDBMgr protected, daher hier nochmals als public fuer dbinsdlg.cxx)
+    inline void GotoRecord( ULONG nIndex )
+    {   OfaDBMgr::GotoRecord( FALSE, nIndex ); }
+
+    ULONG GetColumnFmt( const String& rDBName, const String& rColNm,
+                                SvNumberFormatter* pNFmtr );
+    // Numberformat der Spalte ermitteln und ggfs. in den uebergebenen
+    // Formatter uebertragen
+    ULONG GetRealColumnFmt( const String& rColNm, ULONG nFmt,
+                            SvNumberFormatter& rNFmtr );
+    BOOL IsDBCaseSensitive( const String& rName ) const;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+    inline BOOL     IsInMerge() const   { return bInMerge; }
+    void            EndMerge();
+
+    // check if a data source is open as merge source
+    BOOL            IsDataSourceOpen(const String& rDataSource, const String& rTableOrQuery)const;
+
+    // add data source information to the data source array - was PreInitDBData
+    void            AddDSData(const String& rDBName, long nSelStart, long nSelEnd);
+    void            GetDSSelection(const String& sDBDesc, long& rSelStart, long& rSelEnd);
+
+    // open the source while fields are updated - for the calculator only!
+    BOOL            OpenDataSource(const String& rDataSource, const String& rTableOrQuery);
+    sal_uInt32      GetSelectedRecordId(const String& rDataSource, const String& rTableOrQuery);
+    BOOL            GetColumnCnt(const String& rSourceName, const String& rTableName,
+                            const String& rColumnName, sal_uInt32 nAbsRecordId, long nLanguage,
+                            String& rResult, double* pNumber);
+
+    const SwDSParam* CreateDSData(const String& rDBName)
+                        {return FindDSData(rDBName, TRUE);}
+    const SwDSParamArr& GetDSParamArray() const {return aDataSourceParams;}
+
+
+    //close all data sources - after fields were updated
+    void            CloseAll(BOOL bIncludingMerge = TRUE);
+
+    BOOL            GetMergeColumnCnt(const String& rColumnName, USHORT nLanguage,
+                                String &rResult, double *pNumber, sal_uInt32 *pFormat);
+    BOOL            ToNextMergeRecord();
+    BOOL            ExistsNextRecord()const;
+    sal_uInt32      GetSelectedRecordId();
+    sal_Bool        ToRecordId(sal_Int32 nSet);
+
+    BOOL            ShowInBeamer(const String& rDBName, const String& rTableName,
+                                                BYTE nType, const String& rStatement);
+
+    const String&   GetAddressDBName();
+
+    static String GetDBField(
+                    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::beans::XPropertySet > xColumnProp,
+                    const SwDBFormatData& rDBFormatData,
+                    double *pNumber = NULL);
+
+    static ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::sdbc::XConnection>
+            GetConnection(const String& rDataSource,
+                ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::sdbc::XDataSource>& rxSource);
+
+    static ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::sdbcx::XColumnsSupplier>
+            GetColumnSupplier(::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<::com::sun::star::sdbc::XConnection>,
+                                    const String& rTableOrQuery,
+                                    BYTE    eTableOrQuery = SW_DB_SELECT_UNKNOWN);
+
+    static ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence<rtl::OUString> GetExistingDatabaseNames();
+
+#else
+
+#endif  //REPLACE_OFADBMGR
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/dcontact.hxx b/sw/inc/dcontact.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b91a07efb6a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/dcontact.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: dcontact.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DCONTACT_HXX
+#define _DCONTACT_HXX
+
+#ifndef _SVDOBJ_HXX //autogen
+#include <svx/svdobj.hxx>
+#endif
+#include "calbck.hxx"
+
+class SfxPoolItem;
+class SwFrmFmt;
+class SwFlyFrmFmt;
+class SwDrawFrmFmt;
+class SwFlyFrm;
+class SwFrm;
+class SwPageFrm;
+class SwVirtFlyDrawObj;
+class SwFmtAnchor;
+class SwFlyDrawObj;
+class SwRect;
+
+//Der Umgekehrte Weg: Sucht das Format zum angegebenen Objekt.
+//Wenn das Object ein SwVirtFlyDrawObj ist so wird das Format von
+//selbigem besorgt.
+//Anderfalls ist es eben ein einfaches Zeichenobjekt. Diese hat einen
+//UserCall und der ist Client vom gesuchten Format.
+//Implementierung in dcontact.cxx
+SwFrmFmt *FindFrmFmt( SdrObject *pObj );
+inline const SwFrmFmt *FindFrmFmt( const SdrObject *pObj )
+{   return ::FindFrmFmt( (SdrObject*)pObj ); }
+
+//Bei Aenderungen das Objekt aus dem ContourCache entfernen.
+//Implementierung in TxtFly.Cxx
+void ClrContourCache( const SdrObject *pObj );
+
+// liefert BoundRect inklusive Abstand
+SwRect GetBoundRect( const SdrObject* pObj );
+
+//Liefert den UserCall ggf. vom Gruppenobjekt
+SdrObjUserCall* GetUserCall( const SdrObject* );
+
+// liefert TRUE falls das SrdObject ein Marquee-Object (Lauftext) ist
+FASTBOOL IsMarqueeTextObj( const SdrObject& rObj );
+
+//Basisklasse fuer die folgenden KontaktObjekte (Rahmen+Zeichenobjekte)
+class SwContact : public SdrObjUserCall, public SwClient
+{
+    SdrObject *pMasterObj;
+public:
+    TYPEINFO();
+
+    //Fuer den Reader, es wir nur die Verbindung hergestellt.
+    SwContact( SwFrmFmt *pToRegisterIn, SdrObject *pObj );
+    SwContact( SwModify *pToRegisterIn ) : SwClient( pToRegisterIn ){}
+
+    const SdrObject *GetMaster() const  { return pMasterObj; }
+          SdrObject *GetMaster()        { return pMasterObj; }
+    void SetMaster( SdrObject* pNew ){ pMasterObj = pNew; }
+
+    virtual ~SwContact();
+
+          SwFrmFmt  *GetFmt(){ return (SwFrmFmt*)GetRegisteredIn(); }
+    const SwFrmFmt  *GetFmt() const
+        { return (const SwFrmFmt*)GetRegisteredIn(); }
+};
+
+//KontactObjekt fuer die Verbindung zwischen Rahmen bzw. deren Formaten
+//im StarWriter (SwClient) und den Zeichenobjekten des Drawing (SdrObjUserCall)
+
+class SwFlyDrawContact : public SwContact
+{
+public:
+    TYPEINFO();
+
+    //Legt das DrawObjekt an und meldet es beim Model an.
+    SwFlyDrawContact( SwFlyFrmFmt *pToRegisterIn, SdrModel *pMod );
+    SwFlyDrawContact( SwFrmFmt *pToRegisterIn, SdrObject *pObj ):
+        SwContact( pToRegisterIn, pObj ){}
+
+    SwVirtFlyDrawObj *CreateNewRef( SwFlyFrm *pFly );
+
+    // virtuelle Methoden von SwClient
+    virtual void Modify( SfxPoolItem *pOld, SfxPoolItem *pNew );
+
+};
+
+//KontactObjekt fuer die Verbindung von Formaten als Repraesentanten der
+//Zeichenobjekte im StarWriter (SwClient) und den Objekten selbst im Drawing
+//(SdrObjUserCall).
+
+class SwDrawContact : public SwContact
+{
+    SwFrm     *pAnchor;
+    SwPageFrm *pPage;
+public:
+    TYPEINFO();
+
+    SwDrawContact( SwFrmFmt *pToRegisterIn, SdrObject *pObj );
+    virtual ~SwDrawContact();
+
+    const SwPageFrm *GetPage() const            { return pPage; }
+          SwPageFrm *GetPage()                  { return pPage; }
+    const SwFrm     *GetAnchor() const          { return pAnchor; }
+          SwFrm     *GetAnchor()                { return pAnchor; }
+          void       ChgAnchor( SwFrm *pNew )   { pAnchor = pNew; }
+          void       ChgPage  ( SwPageFrm *pNew){ pPage   = pNew; }
+
+          void       ChkPage();     //Muss immer nach SetAnchorPos() gerufen
+                                    //werden. Das Objekt haengt sich dann an
+                                    //die richtige Seite.
+          SwPageFrm* FindPage( const SwRect &rRect );
+
+    //Fuegt das SdrObject in die Arrays (SwPageFrm und SwFrm) des Layouts ein.
+    //Der Anker wird Anhand des Attributes SwFmtAnchor bestimmt.
+    //Das Objekt wird ggf. beim alten Anker abgemeldet.
+    void ConnectToLayout( const SwFmtAnchor *pAnch = 0 );
+    void DisconnectFromLayout( BOOL bRemoveFromPage = TRUE );   //Abmelden beim Anker.
+
+    // virtuelle Methoden von SwClient
+    virtual void Modify( SfxPoolItem *pOld, SfxPoolItem *pNew );
+
+    // virtuelle Methoden von SdrObjUserCall
+    virtual void Changed(const SdrObject& rObj, SdrUserCallType eType, const Rectangle& rOldBoundRect);
+
+    // wird von Changed() und auch vom UndoDraw benutzt, uebernimmt
+    // das Notifien von Absaetzen, die ausweichen muessen
+    void _Changed(const SdrObject& rObj, SdrUserCallType eType, const Rectangle* pOldBoundRect);
+
+    //Moved alle SW-Verbindungen zu dem neuen Master.
+    void ChangeMasterObject( SdrObject *pNewMaster );
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/ddefld.hxx b/sw/inc/ddefld.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..32e48f01a814
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/ddefld.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: ddefld.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DDEFLD_HXX
+#define _DDEFLD_HXX
+
+#ifndef _LNKBASE_HXX //autogen
+#include <so3/lnkbase.hxx>
+#endif
+#include "fldbas.hxx"
+
+class SwDoc;
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: FieldType fuer DDE
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDDEFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+    String aName;
+    String aExpansion;
+
+    SvBaseLinkRef refLink;
+    SwDoc* pDoc;
+
+    USHORT nRefCnt;
+    BOOL bCRLFFlag : 1;
+    BOOL bDeleted : 1;
+
+    void _RefCntChgd();
+public:
+    SwDDEFieldType( const String& rName, const String& rCmd,
+                    USHORT = LINKUPDATE_ONCALL );
+    ~SwDDEFieldType();
+
+    const String& GetExpansion() const          { return aExpansion; }
+    void SetExpansion( const String& rStr )     { aExpansion = rStr,
+                                                  bCRLFFlag = FALSE; }
+
+    virtual SwFieldType* Copy() const;
+    virtual const String& GetName() const;
+
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+
+    String GetCmd() const;
+    void SetCmd( const String& rStr );
+
+    USHORT GetType() const          { return refLink->GetUpdateMode();  }
+    void SetType( USHORT nType )    { refLink->SetUpdateMode( nType );  }
+
+    BOOL IsDeleted() const          { return bDeleted; }
+    void SetDeleted( BOOL b )       { bDeleted = b; }
+
+    BOOL IsConnected() const        { return 0 != refLink->GetObject(); }
+    void UpdateNow()                { refLink->Update(); }
+    void Disconnect()               { refLink->Disconnect(); }
+
+    const SvBaseLink& GetBaseLink() const   { return *refLink; }
+
+    const SwDoc* GetDoc() const     { return pDoc; }
+          SwDoc* GetDoc()           { return pDoc; }
+    void SetDoc( SwDoc* pDoc );
+
+    void IncRefCnt() {  if( !nRefCnt++ && pDoc ) _RefCntChgd(); }
+    void DecRefCnt() {  if( !--nRefCnt && pDoc ) _RefCntChgd(); }
+
+    void SetCRLFDelFlag( BOOL bFlag = TRUE )    { bCRLFFlag = bFlag; }
+    BOOL IsCRLFDelFlag() const                  { return bCRLFFlag; }
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: DDE-Feld
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDDEField : public SwField
+{
+public:
+    SwDDEField(SwDDEFieldType*);
+    ~SwDDEField();
+
+    virtual String   Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField* Copy() const;
+
+    // ueber Typen Parameter ermitteln
+    // Name kann nicht geaendert werden
+    virtual const String& GetPar1() const;
+
+    // Commando
+    virtual String  GetPar2() const;
+    virtual void    SetPar2(const String& rStr);
+};
+
+
+#endif // _DDEFLD_HXX
diff --git a/sw/inc/dlelstnr.hxx b/sw/inc/dlelstnr.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..02f337b058f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/dlelstnr.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: dlelstnr.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _DLELSTNR_HXX_
+#define _DLELSTNR_HXX_
+
+#include <cppuhelper/weak.hxx>
+
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LINGUISTIC_XDICTIONARYLIST_HPP_
+#include <com/sun/star/linguistic/XDictionaryList.hpp>
+#endif
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LINGUISTIC_XDICTIONARYLISTEVENTLISTENER_HPP_
+#include <com/sun/star/linguistic/XDictionaryListEventListener.hpp>
+#endif
+#ifndef _CPPUHELPER_IMPLBASE1_HXX_
+#include <cppuhelper/implbase1.hxx> // helper for implementations
+#endif
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// SwDicListEvtListener
+// is a ::com::sun::star::linguistic::XDictionaryListEventListener that triggers spellchecking
+// and hyphenation (yet to be implemented) when relevant changes to the
+// dictionaries of the dictionary list were made.
+//
+
+class SwDicListEvtListener : public cppu::WeakImplHelper1
+<
+    ::com::sun::star::linguistic::XDictionaryListEventListener
+>
+{
+private:
+    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::linguistic::XDictionaryList >   xDicList;
+
+    // disallow use of copy-constructor and assignment operator
+    SwDicListEvtListener(const SwDicListEvtListener &);
+    SwDicListEvtListener & operator = (const SwDicListEvtListener &);
+
+public:
+    SwDicListEvtListener( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::linguistic::XDictionaryList >  &rxDicList );
+    virtual ~SwDicListEvtListener();
+
+    // ::com::sun::star::linguistic::XDictionaryListEventListener
+    virtual void    SAL_CALL processDictionaryListEvent(const ::com::sun::star::linguistic::DictionaryListEvent& aDicListEvent) throw( ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException );
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/dobjfac.hxx b/sw/inc/dobjfac.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a7af1c30c38e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/dobjfac.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: dobjfac.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DOBJFAC_HXX
+#define _DOBJFAC_HXX
+
+#ifndef _LINK_HXX //autogen
+#include <tools/link.hxx>
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------
+// class SwObjectFactory
+//-----------------------
+class SdrObjFactory;
+
+class SwObjectFactory
+{
+public:
+    DECL_LINK( MakeObject, SdrObjFactory * );
+};
+
+extern SwObjectFactory aSwObjectFactory;
+
+
+#endif // _DOBJFAC_HXX
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/doc.hxx b/sw/inc/doc.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d26acabd17dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/doc.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,1770 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: doc.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DOC_HXX
+#define _DOC_HXX
+
+#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSDTOR
+#include <svtools/svstdarr.hxx>
+
+#ifndef _TIMER_HXX //autogen
+#include <vcl/timer.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _SWTYPES_HXX
+#include <swtypes.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _NDARR_HXX
+#include <ndarr.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _SWATRSET_HXX
+#include <swatrset.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _TOXE_HXX
+#include <toxe.hxx>             // enums
+#endif
+#ifndef _REDLENUM_HXX
+#include <redlenum.hxx>         // enums
+#endif
+#ifndef _BKMRKE_HXX
+#include <bkmrke.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _FLYENUM_HXX
+#include <flyenum.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _ITABENUM_HXX
+#include <itabenum.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LINGUISTIC_XSPELLCHECKER1_HPP_
+#include <com/sun/star/linguistic/XSpellChecker1.hpp>
+#endif
+#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LINGUISTIC_XHYPHENATEDWORD_HPP_
+#include <com/sun/star/linguistic/XHyphenatedWord.hpp>
+#endif
+
+class SwExtTextInput;
+class DateTime;
+class EditFieldInfo;
+class JobSetup;
+class Color;
+class KeyCode;
+class Outliner;
+class OutputDevice;
+class Point;
+class SbxArray;
+class SdrModel;
+class SdrObject;
+class SdrUndoAction;
+class SfxDocumentInfo;
+class SfxPrinter;
+class SvData;
+class SvEmbeddedObjectRef;
+class SvNumberFormatter;
+class SvPersist;
+class SvPseudoObject;
+class SvStorage;
+class SvStrings;
+class SvStringsSort;
+class SvUShorts;
+class SvUShortsSort;
+class SvxAutoCorrDoc;
+class SvxLinkManager;
+class SvxMacro;
+class SvxMacroTableDtor;
+class SvxBorderLine;
+class SwAutoCompleteWord;
+class SwAutoCorrExceptWord;
+class SwBookmark;
+class SwBookmarks;
+class SwCalc;
+class SwCellFrm;
+class SwCharFmt;
+class SwCharFmts;
+class SwClient;
+class SwConditionTxtFmtColl;
+class SwCrsrShell;
+class SwCursor;
+class SwDBNameInfField;
+class SwDocShell;
+class SwDocUpdtFld;
+class SwDrawFrmFmt;
+class SwDrawView;
+class SwEditShell;
+class SwFieldType;
+class SwFldTypes;
+class SwFlyFrm;
+class SwFlyFrmFmt;
+class SwFmt;
+class SwFmtCol;
+class SwFmtINetFmt;
+class SwFmtRefMark;
+class SwFrmFmt;
+class SwFrmFmts;
+class SwFtnIdxs;
+class SwFtnInfo;
+class SwEndNoteInfo;
+class SwGrfFmtColl;
+class SwGrfFmtColls;
+class SwLineNumberInfo;
+class SwNewDBMgr;
+class SwNoTxtNode;
+class SwNodeIndex;
+class SwNodeRange;
+class SwNumRule;
+class SwNumRuleTbl;
+class SwPageDesc;
+class SwPosFlyFrms;
+class SwPagePreViewPrtData;
+class SwRedline;
+class SwRedlineTbl;
+class SwRootFrm;
+class SwSectionFmt;
+class SwSectionFmts;
+class SwSelBoxes;
+class SwSpzFrmFmts;
+class SwTOXBase;
+class SwTOXBaseSection;
+class SwTOXMark;
+class SwTOXMarks;
+class SwTOXType;
+class SwTOXTypes;
+class SwTabCols;
+class SwTable;
+class SwTableAutoFmt;
+class SwTableBox;
+class SwTableBoxFmt;
+class SwTableFmt;
+class SwTableLineFmt;
+class SwTableNode;
+class SwTextBlocks;
+class SwTxtFld;
+class SwTxtFmtColl;
+class SwTxtFmtColls;
+class SwURLStateChanged;
+class SwUndo;
+class SwUndoIds;
+class SwUndoIter;
+class SwUndos;
+class SwUnoCrsr;
+class SwUnoCrsrTbl;
+class ViewShell;
+class _SetGetExpFld;
+class SwDrawContact;
+class SwLayouter;
+class SdrView;
+class SdrMarkList;
+class SwAuthEntry;
+class SwUnoCallBack;
+struct SwCallMouseEvent;
+struct SwDocStat;
+struct SwHash;
+struct SwSortOptions;
+struct SwDefTOXBase_Impl;
+
+//PageDescriptor-Schnittstelle, Array hier wegen inlines.
+typedef SwPageDesc* SwPageDescPtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL( SwPageDescs, SwPageDescPtr, 4, 4 );
+
+enum SwMoveFlags
+{
+   DOC_MOVEDEFAULT      = 0x00,
+   DOC_MOVEALLFLYS      = 0x01,
+   DOC_CREATEUNDOOBJ    = 0x02,
+   DOC_MOVEREDLINES     = 0x04
+};
+
+#define DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX          0x04
+#define DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX_AT_PAGES 0x20
+
+
+#define SW_HYPH_ERROR       0
+#define SW_HYPH_OK          1
+#define SW_HYPH_ABORTED     2
+#define SW_HYPH_CONTINUE    3
+
+class SwDoc
+{
+    friend class SwReader;    // fuers Undo von Insert(SwDoc)
+    friend class SwSwgReader; // Zugriff auf bDtor-Flag (wg. Loeschen v.Frames)
+    friend class Sw3IoImp;    // Zugriff u.a. auf den Drawing Layer
+    friend class SwCompareData; // fuers Undo vom CompareDoc
+
+    friend void _InitCore();
+    friend void _FinitCore();
+
+    //Fuer das Loeschen der Header-/Footer-Formate
+    //Implementierung und Benutzung in frmatr.cxx
+    friend void DelHFFormat( SwClient *, SwFrmFmt * );
+
+#if !( defined(PRODUCT) || defined(MAC) || defined(PM2) )
+    friend class SwUndoWriter;  // fuers Schreiben der Undo/Redo-History
+#endif
+
+    //---------------- private Member --------------------------------
+
+    // -------------------------------------------------------------------
+    // die Objecte
+    SwNodes     aNodes;                 // Inhalt des Dokumentes
+    SwNodes     aUndoNodes;             // Inhalt fuer das Undo
+    SwAttrPool  aAttrPool;              // der Attribut Pool
+    SwPageDescs aPageDescs;             // PageDescriptoren
+    Link        aOle2Link;              // OLE 2.0-Benachrichtigung
+    AutoTimer   aIdleTimer;             // der eigene IdleTimer
+    Timer       aChartTimer;            // der Timer fuers Update aller Charts
+    Timer       aOLEModifiedTimer;      // Timer for update modified OLE-Objecs
+    String      aDBName;                // logischer Datenbankname
+    String      sSectionPasswd;         // Passwort fuer geschuetzte Bereiche
+    String      sTOIAutoMarkURL;        // ::com::sun::star::util::URL of table of index AutoMark file
+    SvStringsDtor aPatternNms;          // Array fuer die Namen der Dokument-Vorlagen
+
+
+    // -------------------------------------------------------------------
+    // die Pointer
+                                //Defaultformate
+    SwFrmFmt        *pDfltFrmFmt;
+    SwFrmFmt        *pEmptyPageFmt;     // Format fuer die Default-Leerseite.
+    SwFrmFmt        *pColumnContFmt;    // Format fuer Spaltencontainer
+    SwCharFmt       *pDfltCharFmt;
+    SwTxtFmtColl    *pDfltTxtFmtColl;   // Defaultformatcollections
+    SwGrfFmtColl    *pDfltGrfFmtColl;
+
+    SwFrmFmts       *pFrmFmtTbl;        // Formattabellen
+    SwCharFmts      *pCharFmtTbl;
+    SwSpzFrmFmts    *pSpzFrmFmtTbl;
+    SwSectionFmts   *pSectionFmtTbl;
+    SwFrmFmts       *pTblFrmFmtTbl;     // spz. fuer Tabellen
+    SwTxtFmtColls   *pTxtFmtCollTbl;    // FormatCollections
+    SwGrfFmtColls   *pGrfFmtCollTbl;
+
+    SwBookmarks     *pBookmarkTbl;      //Bookmarks
+
+    SwTOXTypes      *pTOXTypes;         // Verzeichnisse
+    SwDefTOXBase_Impl * pDefTOXBases;   // defaults of SwTOXBase's
+
+    SwRootFrm       *pLayout;           // Rootframe des spezifischen Layouts.
+    SdrModel        *pDrawModel;        // StarView Drawing
+
+    SwUndos         *pUndos;            // Undo/Redo History
+
+    SwDocUpdtFld    *pUpdtFlds;         // Struktur zum Field-Update
+    SwFldTypes      *pFldTypes;         // Feldtypen
+    SwNewDBMgr      *pNewDBMgr;         // Pointer auf den neuen DBMgr fuer
+                                        // Evaluierung der DB-Fields
+    SfxPrinter      *pPrt;
+
+    SwDoc           *pGlossaryDoc;      // Pointer auf das Glossary-Dokument. Dieses
+
+    SwNumRule       *pOutlineRule;
+    SwFtnInfo       *pFtnInfo;
+    SwEndNoteInfo   *pEndNoteInfo;
+    SwLineNumberInfo *pLineNumberInfo;
+    SwFtnIdxs       *pFtnIdxs;
+    SwDocStat       *pDocStat;          // Statistic Informationen
+    SfxDocumentInfo *pSwgInfo;          // Dokumentinformationen
+    SvxMacroTableDtor *pMacroTable;     // Tabelle der dokumentglobalen Macros
+
+    SwDocShell      *pDocShell;         // Ptr auf die SfxDocShell vom Doc
+    SvEmbeddedObjectRef* pDocShRef;     // fuers Kopieren von OLE-Nodes (wenn keine
+                                        // DocShell gesetzt ist, muss dieser
+                                        // Ref-Pointer gesetzt sein!!!!)
+    SvxLinkManager  *pLinkMgr;          // Liste von Verknuepften (Grafiken/DDE/OLE)
+
+    SwAutoCorrExceptWord *pACEWord;     // fuer die automatische Uebernahme von
+                                        // autokorrigierten Woertern, die "zurueck"
+                                        // verbessert werden
+    SwURLStateChanged *pURLStateChgd;   // SfxClient fuer Aenderungen in der
+                                        // INetHistory
+    SvNumberFormatter *pNumberFormatter;    // NumFormatter fuer die Tabellen/Felder
+    SwNumRuleTbl    *pNumRuleTbl;           // Liste aller benannten NumRules
+    SwRedlineTbl    *pRedlineTbl;           // Liste aller Redlines
+    String          *pAutoFmtRedlnComment;  // Kommentar fuer Redlines, die
+                                        // uebers Autoformat eingefuegt werden
+    SwUnoCrsrTbl    *pUnoCrsrTbl;
+
+    SwPagePreViewPrtData *pPgPViewPrtData;      // Einzuege/Abstaende fuers
+                                        // Drucken der Seitenansicht
+    SwPaM           *pExtInputRing;
+
+    SwLayouter      *pLayouter;     // ::com::sun::star::frame::Controller for complex layout formatting
+                                    // like footnote/endnote in sections
+
+    SwUnoCallBack   *pUnoCallBack;
+    // -------------------------------------------------------------------
+    // sonstige
+    sal_uInt16  nUndoPos;               // akt. Undo-InsertPosition (fuers Redo!)
+    sal_uInt16  nUndoSavePos;           // Position im Undo-Array, ab der das Doc
+                                    // nicht als modifiziert gilt
+    sal_uInt16  nUndoCnt;               // Anzahl von Undo Aktionen
+    sal_uInt16  nUndoSttEnd;            // != 0 -> innerhalb einer Klammerung
+
+    sal_uInt16 nAutoFmtRedlnCommentNo;  // SeqNo fuers UI-seitige zusammenfassen
+                                    // von AutoFmt-Redlines. Wird vom SwAutoFmt
+                                    // verwaltet!
+    sal_uInt16  nLinkUpdMode;           // UpdateMode fuer Links
+    sal_uInt16  nFldUpdMode;            // Mode fuer Felder/Charts automatisch aktualisieren
+
+    SwRedlineMode eRedlineMode;     // aktueller Redline Modus
+
+    sal_Int8    nLinkCt;            // wieviele kennen das Dokument
+    sal_Int8    nLockExpFld;        // Wenn != 0 hat UpdateExpFlds() keine Wirkung
+
+    sal_Int8    nHeaven;            // LayerIds, Heaven == ueber dem Dokument
+    sal_Int8    nHell;              //           Hell   == unter dem Dokument
+    sal_Int8    nControls;          //           Controls == ganz oben
+
+    sal_Bool    bGlossDoc       : 1;    //TRUE: ist ein Textbaustein Dokument
+    sal_Bool    bModified       : 1;    //TRUE: Dokument ist veraendert
+    sal_Bool    bDtor           : 1;    //TRUE: ist im SwDoc DTOR
+                                        // leider auch temporaer von
+                                        // SwSwgReader::InLayout(), wenn fehlerhafte
+                                        //Frames geloescht werden muessen
+    sal_Bool    bUndo           : 1;    // TRUE: Undo eingeschaltet
+    sal_Bool    bGroupUndo      : 1;    // TRUE: Undos werden gruppiert
+    sal_Bool    bPageNums       : 1;    // TRUE: es gibt virtuelle Seitennummern
+    sal_Bool    bLoaded         : 1;    // TRUE: ein geladenes Doc
+    sal_Bool    bUpdateExpFld   : 1;    // TRUE: Expression-Felder updaten
+    sal_Bool    bNewDoc         : 1;    // TRUE: neues Doc
+    sal_Bool    bNewFldLst      : 1;    // TRUE: Felder-Liste neu aufbauen
+    sal_Bool    bCopyIsMove     : 1;    // TRUE: Copy ist ein verstecktes Move
+    sal_Bool    bNoDrawUndoObj  : 1;    // TRUE: keine DrawUndoObjecte speichern
+    sal_Bool    bVisibleLinks   : 1;    // TRUE: Links werden sichtbar eingefuegt
+    sal_Bool    bBrowseMode     : 1;    // TRUE: Dokument im BrowseModus anzeigen
+    sal_Bool    bInReading      : 1;    // TRUE: Dokument wird gerade gelesen
+    sal_Bool    bUpdateTOX      : 1;    // TRUE: nach Dokument laden die TOX Updaten
+    sal_Bool    bInLoadAsynchron: 1;    // TRUE: Dokument wird gerade asynchron geladen
+    sal_Bool    bHTMLMode       : 1;    // TRUE: Dokument ist im HTMLMode
+    sal_Bool    bHeadInBrowse   : 1;    // TRUE: Header sind im BrowseMode aktiviert
+    sal_Bool    bFootInBrowse   : 1;    // TRUE: Footer sind im BrowseMode aktiviert
+    sal_Bool    bFrmBeepEnabled : 1;    // TRUE: Frames beepen wenn der Inhalt zu gross wird
+    sal_Bool    bInCallModified : 1;    // TRUE: im Set/Reset-Modified Link
+    sal_Bool    bIsGlobalDoc    : 1;    // TRUE: es ist ein GlobalDokument
+    sal_Bool    bGlblDocSaveLinks : 1;  // TRUE: im GlobalDoc. gelinkte Sect. mit speichern
+    sal_Bool    bIsLabelDoc     : 1;    // TRUE: es ist ein Etiketten-Dokument
+    sal_Bool    bIsAutoFmtRedline : 1;  // TRUE: die Redlines werden vom Autoformat aufgezeichnet
+    sal_Bool    bOLEPrtNotifyPending:1; // TRUE: Printer  ist geaendert und beim
+                                    //       Erzeugen der ::com::sun::star::sdbcx::View ist eine Benachrichtigung
+                                    //       der OLE-Objekte PrtOLENotify() notwendig.
+    sal_Bool    bAllOLENotify       :1; // True: Benachrichtigung aller Objekte ist notwendig
+    sal_Bool    bIsRedlineMove : 1;     // True: die Redlines werden in/aus der Section verschoben
+    sal_Bool    bInsOnlyTxtGlssry : 1;  // True: insert 'only text' glossary into doc
+    sal_Bool    bContains_MSVBasic : 1; // True: MS-VBasic exist is in our storage
+    sal_Bool    bPurgeOLE : 1;          // TRUE: Purge OLE-Objects
+
+    // -------------------------------------------------------------------
+    // static - Members
+    static SvStringsDtor    *pTextNmArray,          // Array fuer alle
+                            *pListsNmArray,         // Pool-Vorlagen-Namen
+                            *pExtraNmArray,
+                            *pRegisterNmArray,
+                            *pDocNmArray,
+                            *pHTMLNmArray;
+    static SvStringsDtor    *pFrmFmtNmArray,
+                            *pChrFmtNmArray,
+                            *pHTMLChrFmtNmArray;
+    static SvStringsDtor    *pPageDescNmArray;
+    static SvStringsDtor    *pNumRuleNmArray;
+
+    static SwAutoCompleteWord *pACmpltWords;    // Liste aller Worte fuers AutoComplete
+    static sal_uInt16 nUndoActions;     // anzahl von Undo ::com::sun::star::chaos::Action
+
+    // -------------------------------------------------------------------
+    // Dummies Members fuers FileFormat
+    String sDummy1;             // Dummy-Member.
+    String sDummy2;
+    sal_uInt32  n32Dummy1;
+    sal_uInt32  n32Dummy2;
+    sal_Int8   n8Dummy1;
+    sal_Int8   n8Dummy2;
+
+
+    //---------------- private Methoden ------------------------------
+
+    void AppendUndo(SwUndo*);   // interne Verkuerzung fuer Insert am Ende
+    void ClearRedo();           // loescht alle UndoObjecte von nUndoPos
+                                // bis zum Ende des Undo-Arrays
+    sal_Bool DelUndoObj( sal_uInt16 nEnde  );   // loescht alle UndoObjecte vom Anfang
+                                        // bis zum angegebenen Ende
+    DECL_LINK( AddDrawUndo, SdrUndoAction * );
+                                        // DrawModel
+    void DrawNotifyUndoHdl();   // wegen CLOOKs
+    void DrawSetRefDevice();    // wegen CLOOKs
+
+        // nur fuer den internen Gebrauch deshalb privat.
+        // Kopieren eines Bereiches im oder in ein anderes Dokument !
+        // Die Position darf nicht im Bereich liegen !!
+    sal_Bool _Copy( SwPaM&, SwPosition&,
+                sal_Bool MakeNewFrms = sal_True, SwPaM* pCpyRng = 0 ) const;    // in ndcopy.cxx
+
+    SwFlyFrmFmt* _MakeFlySection( const SwPosition& rAnchPos,
+                                const SwCntntNode& rNode, RndStdIds eRequestId,
+                                const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet,
+                                SwFrmFmt* = 0 );
+
+    SwFlyFrmFmt* _InsNoTxtNode( const SwPosition&rPos, SwNoTxtNode*,
+                                const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet,
+                                const SfxItemSet* pGrfAttrSet,
+                                SwFrmFmt* = 0 );
+
+    void _CopyFlyInFly( const SwNodeRange& rRg, const SwNodeIndex& rSttIdx,
+                        sal_Bool bCopyFlyAtFly = sal_False ) const; // steht im ndcopy.cxx
+    sal_Bool SetFlyFrmAnchor( SwFrmFmt& rFlyFmt, SfxItemSet& rSet, sal_Bool bNewFrms );
+
+    typedef SwFmt* (SwDoc:: *FNCopyFmt)( const String&, SwFmt* );
+    SwFmt* CopyFmt( const SwFmt& rFmt, const SvPtrarr& rFmtArr,
+                        FNCopyFmt fnCopyFmt, const SwFmt& rDfltFmt );
+    void CopyFmtArr( const SvPtrarr& rSourceArr, SvPtrarr& rDestArr,
+                        FNCopyFmt fnCopyFmt, SwFmt& rDfltFmt );
+    void _CopyPageDescHeaderFooter( sal_Bool bCpyHeader,
+                                const SwFrmFmt& rSrcFmt, SwFrmFmt& rDestFmt );
+    SwFmt* FindFmtByName( const SvPtrarr& rFmtArr,
+                                    const String& rName ) const;
+    SfxPrinter* _GetPrt() const;
+    void        PrtDataChanged();   //Printer oder JobSetup geandert, es muss
+                                    //fuer entsprechende Invalidierungen und
+                                    //Benachrichtigungen gesorgt werden.
+
+    static SvStringsDtor* NewNmArray( SvStringsDtor*&, sal_uInt16 nStt, sal_uInt16 nEnd );
+    SvStringsDtor* NewTextNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewListsNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewExtraNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewRegisterNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewDocNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewHTMLNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewFrmFmtNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewChrFmtNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewHTMLChrFmtNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewPageDescNmArray() const;
+    SvStringsDtor* NewNumRuleNmArray() const;
+
+
+    // gcc: aFtnInfo::CopyCtor ist private, also muessen wir uns auch schuetzen
+    SwDoc( const SwDoc &);
+
+    //wird nur von SwSwgReader::InlayoutFrames() verwendet!
+    inline void SetInDtor( sal_Bool b ) { bDtor = b; }
+
+    // fuer Felder:
+    void _InitFieldTypes();     // wird vom CTOR gerufen!!
+    void _MakeFldList( int eMode );
+    void RenameUserFld( const String& rOldName, const String& rNewName,
+                        String& rFormel );
+    // Datenbankfelder:
+    void UpdateDBNumFlds( SwDBNameInfField& rDBFld, SwCalc& rCalc );
+    void AddUsedDBToList( SvStringsDtor& rDBNameList,
+                          const SvStringsDtor& rUsedDBNames );
+    void AddUsedDBToList( SvStringsDtor& rDBNameList, const String& rDBName );
+    sal_Bool IsNameInArray( const SvStringsDtor& rOldNames, const String& rName );
+    void GetAllDBNames( SvStringsDtor& rAllDBNames );
+    void ReplaceUsedDBs( const SvStringsDtor& rUsedDBNames,
+                        const String& rNewName, String& rFormel );
+    SvStringsDtor& FindUsedDBs( const SvStringsDtor& rAllDBNames,
+                                const String& rFormel,
+                                SvStringsDtor& rUsedDBNames );
+
+    void InitDrawModel();
+    void ReleaseDrawModel();
+
+    void _CreateNumberFormatter();
+
+    sal_Bool _UnProtectTblCells( SwTable& rTbl );
+
+    // erzeuge Anhand der vorgebenen Collection Teildokumente
+    // falls keine angegeben ist, nehme die Kapitelvorlage der 1. Ebene
+    sal_Bool SplitDoc( sal_uInt16 eDocType, const String& rPath,
+                        const SwTxtFmtColl* pSplitColl );
+
+    // Charts der angegebenen Tabelle updaten
+    void _UpdateCharts( const SwTable& rTbl, ViewShell& rVSh ) const;
+
+    // unser eigener 'IdlTimer' ruft folgende Methode
+    DECL_LINK( DoIdleJobs, Timer * );
+    // der CharTimer ruft diese Methode
+    DECL_LINK( DoUpdateAllCharts, Timer * );
+    DECL_LINK( DoUpdateModifiedOLE, Timer * );
+
+public:
+    SwDoc();
+    ~SwDoc();
+
+          SwNodes& GetNodes()                   { return aNodes; }
+    const SwNodes& GetNodes() const             { return aNodes; }
+
+    DECL_STATIC_LINK( SwDoc, BackgroundDone, SvxBrushItem *);
+    DECL_LINK(CalcFieldValueHdl, EditFieldInfo*);
+
+    // Links un-/sichtbar in LinkManager einfuegen (gelinkte Bereiche)
+    sal_Bool IsVisibleLinks() const                  { return bVisibleLinks; }
+    void SetVisibleLinks( sal_Bool bFlag )           { bVisibleLinks = bFlag; }
+
+          SvxLinkManager& GetLinkManager()       { return *pLinkMgr; }
+    const SvxLinkManager& GetLinkManager() const { return *pLinkMgr; }
+
+        // erfrage das spezifische Layout
+    const SwRootFrm* GetRootFrm() const { return pLayout; }
+          SwRootFrm* GetRootFrm()       { return pLayout; }
+        // der alte muss !! von der Shell geloescht werden !!
+    void SetRootFrm( SwRootFrm* pNew )  { pLayout = pNew; }
+
+    void StartIdleTimer()               { aIdleTimer.Start(); }
+    void StopIdleTimer()                { aIdleTimer.Stop();  }
+    sal_Bool IsIdleTimerActive() const  { return aIdleTimer.IsActive(); }
+
+    sal_Bool IsOLEPrtNotifyPending() const  { return bOLEPrtNotifyPending; }
+    void SetOLEPrtNotifyPending()       { bOLEPrtNotifyPending = sal_True; }
+    void PrtOLENotify( sal_Bool bAll ); //Alle oder nur Markierte
+
+    sal_Bool IsPurgeOLE() const             { return bPurgeOLE; }
+    void SetPurgeOLE( sal_Bool bFlag )      { bPurgeOLE = bFlag; }
+
+        // das Dokument im Browse-Modus anzeigen
+    void SetBrowseMode( sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True )     { bBrowseMode = bFlag; }
+    sal_Bool IsBrowseMode() const                       { return bBrowseMode; }
+    void SetHTMLMode( sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True )       { bHTMLMode = bFlag; }
+    sal_Bool IsHTMLMode() const                         { return bHTMLMode; }
+    void SetHeadInBrowse( sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True )   { bHeadInBrowse = bFlag; }
+    sal_Bool IsHeadInBrowse() const                     { return bHeadInBrowse; }
+    void SetFootInBrowse( sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True )   { bFootInBrowse = bFlag; }
+    sal_Bool IsFootInBrowse() const                     { return bFootInBrowse; }
+    void SetFrmBeepEnabled( sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True ) { bFrmBeepEnabled = bFlag; }
+    sal_Bool IsFrmBeepEnabled() const                   { return bFrmBeepEnabled; }
+
+    void SetGlobalDoc( sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True )      { bIsGlobalDoc = bFlag; }
+    sal_Bool IsGlobalDoc() const                        { return bIsGlobalDoc; }
+    void SetGlblDocSaveLinks( sal_Bool bFlag=sal_True ) { bGlblDocSaveLinks = bFlag; }
+    sal_Bool IsGlblDocSaveLinks() const                 { return bGlblDocSaveLinks; }
+
+    void SetLabelDoc( sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True )       { bIsLabelDoc = bFlag; }
+    sal_Bool IsLabelDoc() const                         { return bIsLabelDoc; }
+
+    sal_uInt16 GetLinkUpdMode() const;
+    void SetLinkUpdMode( sal_uInt16 nMode )             { nLinkUpdMode = nMode; }
+    // nur fuer den Writer, weil dieser das richtige Enum schreiben muss!
+    sal_uInt16 _GetLinkUpdMode() const                  { return nLinkUpdMode; }
+
+    inline sal_Bool IsInDtor() const { return bDtor; }
+
+    // SS fuer das Drawing, Model und LayerId's
+    const SdrModel* GetDrawModel() const    { return pDrawModel; }
+          SdrModel* GetDrawModel()          { return pDrawModel; }
+    sal_Int8 GetHeavenId() const            { return nHeaven; }
+    sal_Int8 GetHellId() const              { return nHell;   }
+    sal_Int8 GetControlsId() const          { return nControls;   }
+
+    // liefert zu allen fliegenden Rahmen die Position im Dokument.
+    // Wird ein Pam-Pointer uebergeben, muessen die absatzgebundenen
+    // FlyFrames von der ::com::sun::star::awt::Selection vollstaendig umschlossen sein
+    // ( Start < Pos < End ) !!!
+    // (wird fuer die Writer benoetigt)
+    void GetAllFlyFmts( SwPosFlyFrms& rPosFlyFmts, const SwPaM* = 0,
+                        sal_Bool bDrawAlso = sal_False ) const;
+
+        // dokumentglobale Macros
+    sal_Bool HasGlobalMacro(sal_uInt16 nEvent) const;
+    const SvxMacro& GetGlobalMacro(sal_uInt16 nEvent) const;
+    void SetGlobalMacro(sal_uInt16 nEvent, const SvxMacro&);
+    sal_Bool DelGlobalMacro(sal_uInt16 nEvent);
+    const SvxMacroTableDtor& GetMacroTable() const { return *pMacroTable; }
+
+    // Fussnoten Informationen
+    const SwFtnInfo& GetFtnInfo() const         { return *pFtnInfo; }
+    void SetFtnInfo(const SwFtnInfo& rInfo);
+    const SwEndNoteInfo& GetEndNoteInfo() const { return *pEndNoteInfo; }
+    void SetEndNoteInfo(const SwEndNoteInfo& rInfo);
+
+    // Zeilennummerierung
+    const SwLineNumberInfo& GetLineNumberInfo() const { return *pLineNumberInfo; }
+    void SetLineNumberInfo(const SwLineNumberInfo& rInfo);
+
+          SwFtnIdxs& GetFtnIdxs()       { return *pFtnIdxs; }
+    const SwFtnIdxs& GetFtnIdxs() const { return *pFtnIdxs; }
+    // Fussnoten im Bereich aendern
+    sal_Bool SetCurFtn( const SwPaM& rPam, const String& rNumStr,
+                        sal_uInt16 nNumber, sal_Bool bIsEndNote );
+
+    // wegen swrtf.cxx und define private public, jetzt hier
+    SwFlyFrmFmt  *MakeFlyFrmFmt (const String &rFmtName, SwFrmFmt *pDerivedFrom);
+    SwDrawFrmFmt *MakeDrawFrmFmt(const String &rFmtName, SwFrmFmt *pDerivedFrom);
+
+          SwLayouter* GetLayouter()       { return pLayouter; }
+    const SwLayouter* GetLayouter() const { return pLayouter; }
+    void SetLayouter( SwLayouter* pNew )  { pLayouter = pNew; }
+
+    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::uno::XInterface >
+            Spell(SwPaM&, ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
+                    ::com::sun::star::linguistic::XSpellChecker1 > &,
+                    sal_uInt16* pPageCnt, sal_uInt16* pPageSt ) const;
+    ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::linguistic::XHyphenatedWord >
+        Hyphenate( SwPaM *pPam, const Point &rCrsrPos,
+                       sal_uInt16* pPageCnt, sal_uInt16* pPageSt );
+
+    const SwBookmarks& GetBookmarks() const { return *pBookmarkTbl; }
+    SwBookmark* MakeBookmark( const SwPaM& rPaM, const KeyCode&,
+            const String& rName, const String& rShortName, BOOKMARK_TYPE eMark = BOOKMARK);
+    void DelBookmark( sal_uInt16 nPos );
+    void DelBookmark( const String& rName );
+    sal_uInt16 FindBookmark( const String& rName );
+        // erzeugt einen eindeutigen Namen. Der Name selbst muss vorgegeben
+        // werden, es wird dann bei gleichen Namen nur durchnumeriert.
+    void MakeUniqueBookmarkName( String& rNm );
+    // Anzahl der ::com::sun::star::text::Bookmarks, gfs. nur "echte"
+    sal_uInt16 GetBookmarkCnt(sal_Bool bBkmrk = sal_False) const;
+    SwBookmark& GetBookmark( sal_uInt16, sal_Bool bBkmrk = sal_False);
+
+    // Textbaustein Dokument?
+    void SetGlossDoc( sal_Bool bGlssDc = sal_True ) { bGlossDoc = bGlssDc; }
+    sal_Bool IsGlossDoc() const                 { return bGlossDoc; }
+    sal_Bool IsInsOnlyTextGlossary() const      { return bInsOnlyTxtGlssry; }
+
+    //Bei Formataenderungen muss das zu Fuss gerufen werden!
+    void SetModified();
+    void ResetModified();
+    sal_Bool IsModified() const { return bModified; }   //Dokumentaenderungen?
+
+    sal_Bool IsInCallModified() const       { return bInCallModified; }
+    void SetUndoNoResetModified()       { nUndoSavePos = USHRT_MAX; }
+    sal_Bool IsUndoNoResetModified() const  { return USHRT_MAX == nUndoSavePos; }
+
+        //Die neuen (hoffentlich bestaendigen) Schnittstellen fuer alles,
+        //was mit dem Layout zu tun hat.
+    SwFrmFmt *MakeLayoutFmt( RndStdIds eRequest,
+                             SwFrmFmt* = 0,
+                             const SfxItemSet* pSet = 0 );
+        // JP 08.05.98: fuer Flys muss jetzt diese Schnittstelle benutzt
+        //              werden. pAnchorPos muss gesetzt sein, wenn keine
+        //              Seitenbindung vorliegt UND der ::com::sun::star::chaos::Anchor nicht schon
+        //              im FlySet/FrmFmt mit gueltiger CntntPos gesetzt ist
+    SwFlyFrmFmt* MakeFlySection( RndStdIds eAnchorType,
+                                const SwPosition* pAnchorPos,
+                                const SfxItemSet* pSet = 0,
+                                SwFrmFmt *pParent = 0 );
+    SwFlyFrmFmt* MakeFlyAndMove( const SwPaM& rPam, const SfxItemSet& rSet,
+                                const SwSelBoxes* pSelBoxes = 0,
+                                SwFrmFmt *pParent = 0 );
+
+    void      DelLayoutFmt( SwFrmFmt *pFmt );
+    SwFrmFmt *CopyLayoutFmt( const SwFrmFmt& rSrc,
+                            const SwFmtAnchor& rNewAnchor,
+                            sal_Bool bSetTxtFlyAtt = sal_True, sal_Bool bMakeFrms = sal_True );
+    void CopyWithFlyInFly( const SwNodeRange& rRg,
+                            const SwNodeIndex& rInsPos,
+                            sal_Bool bMakeNewFrms = sal_True,
+                            sal_Bool bDelRedlines = sal_True,
+                            sal_Bool bCopyFlyAtFly = sal_False ) const;
+    sal_Bool IsInHeaderFooter( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx ) const;
+
+    sal_Bool SetFlyFrmAttr( SwFrmFmt& rFlyFmt, SfxItemSet& rSet );
+    sal_Bool SetFrmFmtToFly( SwFrmFmt& rFlyFmt, SwFrmFmt& rNewFmt,
+                        SfxItemSet* pSet = 0, sal_Bool bKeepOrient = sal_False );
+
+    // Abstakt fuellen
+    void Summary( SwDoc* pExtDoc, sal_uInt8 nLevel, sal_uInt8 nPara, sal_Bool bImpress );
+
+    /* Verwaltet SwDoc::nLinkCt, sollte (paarig!) von allen benutzt werden,
+     * die einen Pointer auf dieses Dokument halten, denn wenn Remove() 0
+     * liefert, wird das Dokument zerstoert! Oder anders: Jeder bei dem
+     * Remove() 0 liefert, muss das Dokument zerstoeren.
+     */
+    sal_Int8 AddLink()                  { return nLinkCt++; }
+    sal_Int8 RemoveLink()               { return nLinkCt ? --nLinkCt : nLinkCt; }
+    sal_Int8 GetLinkCnt() const         { return nLinkCt; }
+
+        // UndoHistory am Dokument pflegen
+        // bei Save, SaveAs, Create wird UndoHistory zurueckgesetzt ???
+    void DoUndo(sal_Bool bUn = sal_True) { bUndo = bUn; }
+    sal_Bool DoesUndo() const { return bUndo; }
+        // Zusammenfassen von Kontinuierlichen Insert/Delete/Overwrite von
+        // Charaktern. Default ist ::com::sun::star::sdbcx::Group-Undo.
+    void DoGroupUndo(sal_Bool bUn = sal_True) { bGroupUndo = bUn; }
+    sal_Bool DoesGroupUndo() const { return bGroupUndo; }
+
+        // macht rueckgaengig:
+        // 0 letzte Aktion, sonst Aktionen bis zum Start der Klammerung nUndoId
+        // In rUndoRange wird der restaurierte Bereich gesetzt.
+    sal_Bool Undo( SwUndoIter& );
+        // setzt Undoklammerung auf, nUndoId kommt von der UI-Seite
+    sal_uInt16 StartUndo( sal_uInt16 nUndoId = 0 );
+        // schliesst Klammerung der nUndoId
+    sal_uInt16 EndUndo( sal_uInt16 nUndoId = 0 );
+        // loescht die gesamten UndoObjecte ( fuer Methoden die am Nodes
+        // Array drehen ohne entsprechendes Undo !!)
+    void DelAllUndoObj();
+        // liefert die Id der letzten undofaehigen Aktion zurueck
+        // oder USHRT_MAX
+        // fuellt ggf. VARARR mit ::com::sun::star::sdbcx::User-UndoIds
+    sal_uInt16 GetUndoIds( String* pStr = 0, SwUndoIds *pUndoIds = 0) const;
+        // gibt es Klammerung mit der Id?
+    sal_Bool HasUndoId(sal_uInt16 nId) const;
+        // die drei folgenden Methoden werden beim Undo und nur dort
+        // benoetigt. Sollten sonst nicht aufgerufen werden.
+    const SwNodes* GetUndoNds() const { return &aUndoNodes; }
+
+        // bei einstufigem Undo muss die History und das Undo-Array geloescht
+        // werden. Dabei ist aber zu beachten, das nur vollstaendige Gruppen
+        // geloescht werden koennen.
+        // Sind beide FLAGS auf sal_False, kann erfragt werden, ob sich in der
+        // History eine offene Gruppe befindet. ( return = sal_True )
+        // bDelHisory = sal_True:   loesche die Undo-History
+        // bDelUndoNds = sal_True: loesche das Undo-Nodes-Arary
+    sal_Bool DelUndoGroups( sal_Bool bDelUndoNds=sal_True, sal_Bool bDelHistory=sal_True );
+    SwUndo* RemoveLastUndo( sal_uInt16 nUndoId );
+
+        // abfragen/setzen der Anzahl von wiederherstellbaren Undo-Actions
+    static sal_uInt16 GetUndoActionCount()              { return nUndoActions; }
+    static void SetUndoActionCount( sal_uInt16 nNew )   { nUndoActions = nNew; }
+
+        // Redo
+        // wiederholt
+    sal_Bool Redo( SwUndoIter& );
+        // liefert die Id der letzten Redofaehigen Aktion zurueck
+        // fuellt ggf. VARARR mit RedoIds
+    sal_uInt16 GetRedoIds( String* pStr = 0, SwUndoIds *pRedoIds = 0) const;
+
+        // Repeat
+        // wiederholt
+    sal_Bool Repeat( SwUndoIter&, sal_uInt16 nRepeatCnt = 1 );
+        // liefert die Id der letzten Repeatfaehigen Aktion zurueck
+        // fuellt ggf. VARARR mit RedoIds
+    sal_uInt16 GetRepeatIds( String* pStr = 0, SwUndoIds *pRedoIds = 0) const;
+
+    /* Felder */
+    const SwFldTypes *GetFldTypes() const { return pFldTypes; }
+    SwFieldType *InsertFldType(const SwFieldType &);
+    SwFieldType *GetSysFldType( const sal_uInt16 eWhich ) const;
+    SwFieldType* GetFldType(sal_uInt16 nResId, const String& rName) const;
+    void RemoveFldType(sal_uInt16 nFld);
+    void UpdateFlds( SfxPoolItem* pNewHt = 0, sal_Bool bCloseDB = sal_False );
+    void InsDeletedFldType( SwFieldType & );
+    sal_Bool RenameUserFields(const String& rOldName, const String& rNewName);
+
+        // rufe das Update der Expression Felder auf; alle Ausdruecke werden
+        // neu berechnet.
+    void UpdateRefFlds( SfxPoolItem* pHt = 0);
+    void UpdateTblFlds( SfxPoolItem* pHt = 0);
+    void UpdateExpFlds( SwTxtFld* pFld = 0, sal_Bool bUpdateRefFlds = sal_True );
+    void UpdateUsrFlds();
+    void UpdatePageFlds( SfxPoolItem* );
+    void LockExpFlds()                  { ++nLockExpFld; }
+    void UnlockExpFlds()                { if( nLockExpFld ) --nLockExpFld; }
+    sal_Bool IsExpFldsLocked() const        { return 0 != nLockExpFld; }
+    SwDocUpdtFld& GetUpdtFlds() const   { return *pUpdtFlds; }
+    sal_Bool SetFieldsDirty( sal_Bool b, const SwNode* pChk = 0, sal_uInt32 nLen = 0 );
+
+    void SetFixFields( sal_Bool bOnlyTimeDate = sal_False,
+                        const DateTime* pNewDateTime = 0 );
+
+    sal_uInt16 GetFldUpdateFlags() const;
+    void SetFldUpdateFlags( sal_uInt16 eMode )          { nFldUpdMode = eMode; }
+    // nur fuer den Writer, weil dieser das richtige Enum schreiben muss!
+    sal_uInt16 _GetFldUpdateFlags() const               { return nFldUpdMode; }
+
+    void ChangeAuthorityData(const SwAuthEntry* pNewData);
+
+    // Zustaende ueber Ladezustand
+    // frueher DocInfo
+    //
+    sal_Bool IsPageNums() const                         { return bPageNums;     }
+    sal_Bool IsLoaded() const                           { return bLoaded;       }
+    sal_Bool IsUpdateExpFld() const                     { return bUpdateExpFld; }
+    sal_Bool IsNewDoc() const                           { return bNewDoc;       }
+
+    void SetPageNums(sal_Bool b = sal_True)                 { bPageNums = b;        }
+    void SetNewDoc(sal_Bool b = sal_True)                   { bNewDoc = b;          }
+    void SetUpdateExpFldStat(sal_Bool b = sal_True)         { bUpdateExpFld = b;    }
+    void SetLoaded(sal_Bool b = sal_True)                   { bLoaded = b;          }
+
+        // Setze im Calculator alle SetExpresion Felder, die bis zur
+        // angegebenen Position (Node [ + ::com::sun::star::ucb::Content]) gueltig sind. Es kann
+        // eine erzeugte Liste aller Felder mit uebergegeben werden.
+        // (ist die Adresse != 0, und der Pointer == 0 wird eine neue
+        // Liste returnt.)
+    void FldsToCalc( SwCalc& rCalc, sal_uInt32 nLastNd = ULONG_MAX,
+                    sal_uInt16 nLastCntnt = USHRT_MAX );
+    void FldsToCalc( SwCalc& rCalc, const _SetGetExpFld& rToThisFld );
+    void FldsToExpand( SwHash**& ppTbl, sal_uInt16& rTblSize,
+                        const _SetGetExpFld& rToThisFld );
+    sal_Bool IsNewFldLst() const { return bNewFldLst; }
+    void SetNewFldLst( sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True ) { bNewFldLst = bFlag; }
+    void InsDelFldInFldLst( sal_Bool bIns, const SwTxtFld& rFld );
+
+    /*  Datenbank &&  DB-Manager */
+    void SetNewDBMgr( SwNewDBMgr* pNewMgr )     { pNewDBMgr = pNewMgr; }
+    SwNewDBMgr* GetNewDBMgr() const             { return pNewDBMgr; }
+    void ChangeDBFields( const SvStringsDtor& rOldNames,
+                        const String& rNewName );
+    void SetInitDBFields(sal_Bool b);
+    // Von Feldern verwendete Datenbanken herausfinden
+    void GetAllUsedDB( SvStringsDtor& rDBNameList,
+                       const SvStringsDtor* pAllDBNames = 0 );
+
+    void ChgDBName( const String& rNewName );
+    String GetDBName();
+    const String& GetDBDesc();
+    const String& _GetDBDesc() const { return aDBName; }
+
+
+        // Kopieren eines Bereiches im oder in ein anderes Dokument !
+        // Die Position kann auch im Bereich liegen !!
+    sal_Bool Copy( SwPaM&, SwPosition& ) const; // in ndcopy.cxx
+
+        // Loesche die Section, in der der Node steht.
+    void DeleteSection( SwNode *pNode );
+
+    sal_Bool Delete( SwPaM& );              //loeschen eines Bereiches
+    sal_Bool DelFullPara( SwPaM& );         //loeschen gesamter Absaetze
+    sal_Bool DeleteAndJoin( SwPaM& );       //komplett loeschen eines Bereiches
+
+    sal_Bool Move( SwPaM&, SwPosition&, SwMoveFlags = DOC_MOVEDEFAULT ); //verschieben eines Bereiches
+    sal_Bool Move( SwNodeRange&, SwNodeIndex&,
+                SwMoveFlags = DOC_MOVEDEFAULT );  // verschieben ganzer Nodes
+    sal_Bool MoveAndJoin( SwPaM&, SwPosition&, SwMoveFlags = DOC_MOVEDEFAULT ); //verschieben eines Bereiches
+        //Ueberschreiben eines einzelnen Zeichens. rRg.Start() bezeichnet
+        //den Node und die Position in dem Node, an der eingefuegt wird,
+    sal_Bool Overwrite( const SwPaM &rRg, sal_Unicode c );
+        //Ueberschreiben eines Strings in einem bestehenden Textnode.
+    sal_Bool Overwrite(const SwPaM &rRg, const String& rStr );
+        //Einfuegen eines einzelnen Zeichens. rRg.Start() bezeichnet
+        //den Node und die Position in dem Node, an der eingefuegt wird.
+    sal_Bool Insert(const SwPaM &rRg, sal_Unicode c );
+        //Einfuegen eines Strings in einen bestehenden
+        //Textnode. Der Text wird kopiert.
+    sal_Bool Insert( const SwPaM &rRg, const String &,
+                     sal_Bool bHintExpand = sal_True );
+
+        //Einfuegen einer Grafik, Formel. Die XXXX werden kopiert.
+    SwFlyFrmFmt* Insert(const SwPaM &rRg,
+                        const String& rGrfName,
+                        const String& rFltName,
+                        const Graphic* pGraphic = 0,
+                        const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet = 0,
+                        const SfxItemSet* pGrfAttrSet = 0,
+                        SwFrmFmt* = 0 );
+        // austauschen einer Grafik (mit Undo)
+    void ReRead( SwPaM&, const String& rGrfName, const String& rFltName,
+                const Graphic* pGraphic );
+
+        //Einfuegen eines DrawObjectes. Das Object muss bereits im DrawModel
+        // angemeldet sein.
+    SwDrawFrmFmt* Insert( const SwPaM &rRg,
+                          SdrObject& rDrawObj,
+                          const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet = 0,
+                          SwFrmFmt* = 0 );
+    String GetUniqueGrfName() const;
+
+        //Einfuegen von OLE-Objecten.
+    SwFlyFrmFmt* Insert( const SwPaM &rRg, SvInPlaceObject *,
+                        const SfxItemSet* pFlyAttrSet = 0,
+                        const SfxItemSet* pGrfAttrSet = 0,
+                        SwFrmFmt* = 0 );
+    String GetUniqueOLEName() const;
+
+    void GrfToOle( const SwPaM &rRg, SvInPlaceObject * );
+    void OleToGrf( const SwPaM &rRg, const Graphic *pGrf );
+
+    // ein bischen wa fuer die benannten FlyFrames
+    String GetUniqueFrameName() const;
+    void SetFlyName( SwFlyFrmFmt& rFmt, const String& rName );
+    const SwFlyFrmFmt* FindFlyByName( const String& rName, sal_Int8 nNdTyp = 0 ) const;
+
+    void GetGrfNms( const SwFlyFrmFmt& rFmt, String* pGrfName,
+                    String* pFltName ) const;
+
+    // setze bei allen Flys ohne Namen einen gueltigen (Wird von den Readern
+    // nach dem Einlesen gerufen )
+    void SetAllUniqueFlyNames();
+
+        //Aufspalten eines Nodes an rPos (nur fuer den TxtNode implementiert)
+    sal_Bool SplitNode(const SwPosition &rPos, sal_Bool bChkTableStart = sal_False );
+    sal_Bool AppendTxtNode( SwPosition& rPos ); // nicht const!
+
+    // Ersetz einen selektierten Bereich in einem TextNode mit dem
+    // String. Ist fuers Suchen&Ersetzen gedacht.
+    // bRegExpRplc - ersetze Tabs (\\t) und setze den gefundenen String
+    //               ein ( nicht \& )
+    //              z.B.: Fnd: "zzz", Repl: "xx\t\\t..&..\&"
+    //                      --> "xx\t<Tab>..zzz..&"
+    sal_Bool Replace( SwPaM& rPam, const String& rNewStr,
+                    sal_Bool bRegExpRplc = sal_False );
+
+    /*
+     * Einfuegen eines Attributs. Erstreckt sich rRg ueber
+     * mehrere Nodes, wird das Attribut aufgespaltet, sofern
+     * dieses Sinn macht. Nodes, in denen dieses Attribut keinen
+     * Sinn macht, werden ignoriert.  In vollstaendig in der
+     * Selektion eingeschlossenen Nodes wird das Attribut zu
+     * harter Formatierung, in den anderen (Text-)Nodes wird das
+     * Attribut in das Attributearray eingefuegt. Bei einem
+     * Zeichenattribut wird ein "leerer" Hint eingefuegt,
+     * wenn keine Selektion
+     * vorliegt; andernfalls wird das Attribut als harte
+     * Formatierung dem durch rRg.Start() bezeichneten Node
+     * hinzugefuegt.  Wenn das Attribut nicht eingefuegt werden
+     * konnte, liefert die Methode sal_False.
+     */
+    sal_Bool Insert( const SwPaM &rRg, const SfxPoolItem&, sal_uInt16 nFlags = 0  );
+    sal_Bool Insert( const SwPaM &rRg, const SfxItemSet&, sal_uInt16 nFlags = 0 );
+
+        //Zuruecksetzen der Attribute; es werden alle TxtHints und bei
+        //vollstaendiger Selektion harte Formatierung (AUTO-Formate) entfernt
+    void ResetAttr(const SwPaM &rRg, sal_Bool bTxtAttr = sal_True,
+                        const SvUShortsSort* = 0 );
+    void RstTxtAttr(const SwPaM &rRg, BOOL bInclRefToxMark = FALSE );
+
+        // Setze das Attribut im angegebenen Format. Ist Undo aktiv, wird
+        // das alte in die Undo-History aufgenommen
+    void SetAttr( const SfxPoolItem&, SwFmt& );
+    void SetAttr( const SfxItemSet&, SwFmt& );
+
+        // Setze das Attribut als neues default Attribut in diesem Dokument.
+        // Ist Undo aktiv, wird das alte in die Undo-History aufgenommen
+    void SetDefault( const SfxPoolItem& );
+    void SetDefault( const SfxItemSet& );
+
+    // Erfrage das Default Attribut in diesem Dokument.
+    const SfxPoolItem& GetDefault( sal_uInt16 nFmtHint ) const;
+    // TextAttribute nicht mehr aufspannen lassen
+    sal_Bool DontExpandFmt( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True );
+
+    /* Formate */
+    const SwFrmFmts* GetFrmFmts() const     { return pFrmFmtTbl; }
+          SwFrmFmts* GetFrmFmts()           { return pFrmFmtTbl; }
+    const SwCharFmts* GetCharFmts() const   { return pCharFmtTbl;}
+
+    /* LayoutFormate (Rahmen, DrawObjecte), mal const mal nicht */
+    const SwSpzFrmFmts* GetSpzFrmFmts() const   { return pSpzFrmFmtTbl; }
+          SwSpzFrmFmts* GetSpzFrmFmts()         { return pSpzFrmFmtTbl; }
+
+    const SwFrmFmt *GetDfltFrmFmt() const   { return pDfltFrmFmt; }
+          SwFrmFmt *GetDfltFrmFmt()         { return pDfltFrmFmt; }
+    const SwFrmFmt *GetEmptyPageFmt() const { return pEmptyPageFmt; }
+          SwFrmFmt *GetEmptyPageFmt()       { return pEmptyPageFmt; }
+    const SwFrmFmt *GetColumnContFmt() const{ return pColumnContFmt; }
+          SwFrmFmt *GetColumnContFmt()      { return pColumnContFmt; }
+    const SwCharFmt *GetDfltCharFmt() const { return pDfltCharFmt;}
+          SwCharFmt *GetDfltCharFmt()       { return pDfltCharFmt;}
+
+    SwFrmFmt  *MakeFrmFmt(const String &rFmtName, SwFrmFmt *pDerivedFrom);
+    void       DelFrmFmt( SwFrmFmt *pFmt );
+    SwFrmFmt* FindFrmFmtByName( const String& rName ) const
+        {   return (SwFrmFmt*)FindFmtByName( (SvPtrarr&)*pFrmFmtTbl, rName ); }
+    SwFrmFmt* FindSpzFrmFmtByName( const String& rName ) const
+        {   return (SwFrmFmt*)FindFmtByName( (SvPtrarr&)*pSpzFrmFmtTbl, rName ); }
+
+    SwCharFmt *MakeCharFmt(const String &rFmtName, SwCharFmt *pDerivedFrom);
+    void       DelCharFmt(sal_uInt16 nFmt);
+    void       DelCharFmt(SwCharFmt* pFmt);
+    SwCharFmt* FindCharFmtByName( const String& rName ) const
+        {   return (SwCharFmt*)FindFmtByName( (SvPtrarr&)*pCharFmtTbl, rName ); }
+
+    /* Formatcollections (Vorlagen) */
+    // TXT
+    const SwTxtFmtColl* GetDfltTxtFmtColl() const { return pDfltTxtFmtColl; }
+    const SwTxtFmtColls *GetTxtFmtColls() const { return pTxtFmtCollTbl; }
+    SwTxtFmtColl *MakeTxtFmtColl( const String &rFmtName,
+                                  SwTxtFmtColl *pDerivedFrom );
+    SwConditionTxtFmtColl* MakeCondTxtFmtColl( const String &rFmtName,
+                                               SwTxtFmtColl *pDerivedFrom );
+    void DelTxtFmtColl(sal_uInt16 nFmt);
+    void DelTxtFmtColl( SwTxtFmtColl* pColl );
+    sal_Bool SetTxtFmtColl( const SwPaM &rRg, SwTxtFmtColl *pFmt,
+                        sal_Bool bReset = sal_True);
+    SwTxtFmtColl* FindTxtFmtCollByName( const String& rName ) const
+        {   return (SwTxtFmtColl*)FindFmtByName( (SvPtrarr&)*pTxtFmtCollTbl, rName ); }
+
+        // GRF
+    const SwGrfFmtColl* GetDfltGrfFmtColl() const   { return pDfltGrfFmtColl; }
+    const SwGrfFmtColls *GetGrfFmtColls() const     { return pGrfFmtCollTbl; }
+    SwGrfFmtColl *MakeGrfFmtColl(const String &rFmtName,
+                                    SwGrfFmtColl *pDerivedFrom);
+    void DelGrfFmtColl(sal_uInt16 nFmt);
+    void DelGrfFmtColl( SwGrfFmtColl* pColl );
+    SwGrfFmtColl* FindGrfFmtCollByName( const String& rName ) const
+        {   return (SwGrfFmtColl*)FindFmtByName( (SvPtrarr&)*pGrfFmtCollTbl, rName ); }
+
+        // Tabellen-Formate
+    const SwFrmFmts* GetTblFrmFmts() const  { return pTblFrmFmtTbl; }
+          SwFrmFmts* GetTblFrmFmts()        { return pTblFrmFmtTbl; }
+    sal_uInt16 GetTblFrmFmtCount( sal_Bool bUsed ) const;
+    SwFrmFmt& GetTblFrmFmt(sal_uInt16 nFmt, sal_Bool bUsed ) const;
+    SwTableFmt* MakeTblFrmFmt(const String &rFmtName, SwFrmFmt *pDerivedFrom);
+    void        DelTblFrmFmt( SwTableFmt* pFmt );
+    SwTableFmt* FindTblFmtByName( const String& rName, sal_Bool bAll = sal_False ) const;
+
+    //Rahmenzugriff
+    //iterieren ueber Flys - fuer Basic-Collections
+    sal_uInt16 GetFlyCount(FlyCntType eType = FLYCNTTYPE_ALL) const;
+    SwFrmFmt* GetFlyNum(sal_uInt16 nIdx, FlyCntType eType = FLYCNTTYPE_ALL);
+
+
+    // kopiere die Formate in die eigenen Arrays und returne diese
+    SwFrmFmt  *CopyFrmFmt ( const SwFrmFmt& );
+    SwCharFmt *CopyCharFmt( const SwCharFmt& );
+    SwTxtFmtColl* CopyTxtColl( const SwTxtFmtColl& rColl );
+    SwGrfFmtColl* CopyGrfColl( const SwGrfFmtColl& rColl );
+
+        // ersetze alle Formate mit denen aus rSource
+    void ReplaceStyles( SwDoc& rSource );
+
+        // Gebe die "Auto-Collection" mit der Id zurueck. Existiert
+        // sie noch nicht, dann erzuege sie
+        // Ist der String-Pointer definiert, dann erfrage nur die
+        // Beschreibung der Attribute, !! es legt keine Vorlage an !!
+    SwTxtFmtColl* GetTxtCollFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId, String* pDescription = 0,
+        SfxItemPresentation ePres = SFX_ITEM_PRESENTATION_COMPLETE,
+        SfxMapUnit eCoreMetric = SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP,
+        SfxMapUnit ePresMetric = SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP );
+        // return das geforderte automatische  Format - Basis-Klasse !
+    SwFmt* GetFmtFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId, String* pDescription = 0,
+        SfxItemPresentation ePres = SFX_ITEM_PRESENTATION_COMPLETE,
+        SfxMapUnit eCoreMetric = SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP,
+        SfxMapUnit ePresMetric = SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP );
+        // returne das geforderte automatische Format
+    SwFrmFmt* GetFrmFmtFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId, String* pDescription = 0 )
+        { return (SwFrmFmt*)GetFmtFromPool( nId, pDescription ); }
+    SwCharFmt* GetCharFmtFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId, String* pDescription = 0 )
+        { return (SwCharFmt*)GetFmtFromPool( nId, pDescription ); }
+        // returne die geforderte automatische Seiten-Vorlage
+    SwPageDesc* GetPageDescFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId, String* pDescription = 0,
+        SfxItemPresentation ePres = SFX_ITEM_PRESENTATION_COMPLETE,
+        SfxMapUnit eCoreMetric = SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP,
+        SfxMapUnit ePresMetric = SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP );
+    SwNumRule* GetNumRuleFromPool( sal_uInt16 nId, String* pDescription = 0,
+        SfxItemPresentation ePres = SFX_ITEM_PRESENTATION_COMPLETE,
+        SfxMapUnit eCoreMetric = SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP,
+        SfxMapUnit ePresMetric = SFX_MAPUNIT_TWIP );
+
+        // pruefe, ob diese "Auto-Collection" in Dokument schon/noch
+        // benutzt wird
+    sal_Bool IsPoolTxtCollUsed( sal_uInt16 nId ) const;
+    sal_Bool IsPoolFmtUsed( sal_uInt16 nId ) const;
+    sal_Bool IsPoolPageDescUsed( sal_uInt16 nId ) const;
+    sal_Bool IsPoolNumRuleUsed( sal_uInt16 nId ) const;
+
+    // erfrage ob die Absatz-/Zeichen-/Rahmen-/Seiten - Vorlage benutzt wird
+    sal_Bool IsUsed( const SwModify& ) const;
+    sal_Bool IsUsed( const SwNumRule& ) const;
+
+        // ist der Name ein Pool-Vorlagen-Name, returne seine ID,
+        // sonst USHRT_MAX
+    sal_uInt16 GetPoolId( const String& rName, SwGetPoolIdFromName ) const;
+
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetTextNmArray() const
+        { return pTextNmArray ? *pTextNmArray : *NewTextNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetListsNmArray() const
+        { return pListsNmArray ? *pListsNmArray : *NewListsNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetExtraNmArray() const
+        { return pExtraNmArray ? *pExtraNmArray : *NewExtraNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetRegisterNmArray() const
+        { return pRegisterNmArray ? *pRegisterNmArray : *NewRegisterNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetDocNmArray() const
+        { return pDocNmArray ? *pDocNmArray : *NewDocNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetHTMLNmArray() const
+        { return pHTMLNmArray ? *pHTMLNmArray : *NewHTMLNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetFrmFmtNmArray() const
+        { return pFrmFmtNmArray ? *pFrmFmtNmArray : *NewFrmFmtNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetChrFmtNmArray() const
+        { return pChrFmtNmArray ? *pChrFmtNmArray : *NewChrFmtNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetHTMLChrFmtNmArray() const
+        { return pHTMLChrFmtNmArray ? *pHTMLChrFmtNmArray : *NewHTMLChrFmtNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetPageDescNmArray() const
+        { return pPageDescNmArray ? *pPageDescNmArray : *NewPageDescNmArray(); }
+    const SvStringsDtor& GetNumRuleNmArray() const
+        { return pNumRuleNmArray ? *pNumRuleNmArray : *NewNumRuleNmArray(); }
+
+        // erfrage zu einer PoolId den Namen (steht im poolfmt.cxx)
+    static String& GetPoolNm( sal_uInt16 nId, String& rFillNm );
+
+        // setze den Namen der neu geladenen Dokument-Vorlage
+    sal_uInt16 SetDocPattern( const String& rPatternName );
+        // gebe die Anzahl von geladenen Dok-VorlagenNamen zurueck.
+        // !! Die nicht mehr benutzten sind 0-Pointer !!
+    sal_uInt16 GetDocPatternCnt() const { return aPatternNms.Count(); }
+        // gebe den Dok-VorlagenNamen zurueck. !!! Kann auch 0 sein !!!
+    String* GetDocPattern( sal_uInt16 nPos ) const { return aPatternNms[nPos]; }
+    // loeche die nicht mehr benutzten Pattern-Namen aus dem Array.
+
+    // alle nicht mehr referenzierten Namen werden durch 0-Pointer
+    // ersetzt. Diese Positionen koennen wieder vergeben werden.
+    void ReOrgPatternHelpIds();
+
+
+        // Loesche alle nicht referenzierten FeldTypen
+    void GCFieldTypes();                // impl. in docfld.cxx
+
+        // akt. Dokument mit Textbausteindokument verbinden/erfragen
+    void SetGlossaryDoc( SwDoc* pDoc ) { pGlossaryDoc = pDoc; }
+    SwDoc* GetGlossaryDoc() const { return pGlossaryDoc; }
+        // jetzt mit einem verkappten Reader/Writer/Dokument
+
+    // travel over PaM Ring
+    sal_Bool InsertGlossary( SwTextBlocks& rBlock, const String& rEntry,
+                        SwPaM& rPaM, SwCrsrShell* pShell = 0);
+
+    String GetCurWord(SwPaM&);
+
+    //  JobSetup und Freunde
+    SfxPrinter* GetPrt( sal_Bool bCreate ) const
+        { if( !bCreate || pPrt ) return pPrt; else return _GetPrt(); }
+    SfxPrinter* GetPrt() const { return pPrt; }
+    inline void _SetPrt( SfxPrinter *pP )   { pPrt = pP; }
+    void        SetPrt( SfxPrinter *pP );
+    const JobSetup* GetJobsetup() const;
+    void        SetJobsetup( const JobSetup& rJobSetup );
+
+        // Dokument - Info
+            // legt sie auf jedenfall an!
+    const SfxDocumentInfo* GetInfo();
+            // kann auch 0 sein !!!
+    const SfxDocumentInfo* GetpInfo() const { return pSwgInfo; }
+
+        // setze ueber die DocShell in den entsp. Storage-Stream. Hier wird
+        // jetzt die DocInfo verwaltet. Fuer die Felder ist am Doc eine Kopie
+        // der Info, um einen schnellen Zugriff zu ermoeglichen.
+        // (impl. in docsh2.cxx)
+    void SetInfo( const SfxDocumentInfo& rInfo );
+        // die DocInfo hat siche geaendert (Notify ueber die DocShell)
+        // stosse die entsp. Felder zum Updaten an.
+    void DocInfoChgd( const SfxDocumentInfo& rInfo );
+
+        //  Dokument - Statistics
+    inline const SwDocStat  &GetDocStat() const { return *pDocStat; }
+    void SetDocStat( const SwDocStat& rStat );
+    void UpdateDocStat( SwDocStat& rStat, sal_uInt16 nNumPages );
+
+        //PageDescriptor-Schnittstelle
+    sal_uInt16 GetPageDescCnt() const { return aPageDescs.Count(); }
+    const SwPageDesc& GetPageDesc( sal_uInt16 i ) const { return *aPageDescs[i]; }
+    SwPageDesc* FindPageDescByName( const String& rName,
+                                    sal_uInt16* pPos = 0 ) const;
+
+        // kopiere den gesamten PageDesc - ueber Dokumentgrenzen und "tief"!
+        // optional kann das kopieren der PoolFmtId, -HlpId verhindert werden
+    void CopyPageDesc( const SwPageDesc& rSrcDesc, SwPageDesc& rDstDesc,
+                        sal_Bool bCopyPoolIds = sal_True );
+
+        // kopiere die Kopzeile (mit dem Inhalt!) aus dem SrcFmt
+        // ins DestFmt ( auch ueber Doc grenzen hinaus!)
+    void CopyHeader( const SwFrmFmt& rSrcFmt, SwFrmFmt& rDestFmt )
+        { _CopyPageDescHeaderFooter( sal_True, rSrcFmt, rDestFmt ); }
+        // kopiere die Fusszeile (mit dem Inhalt!) aus dem SrcFmt
+        // ins DestFmt ( auch ueber Doc grenzen hinaus!)
+    void CopyFooter( const SwFrmFmt& rSrcFmt, SwFrmFmt& rDestFmt )
+        { _CopyPageDescHeaderFooter( sal_False, rSrcFmt, rDestFmt ); }
+
+        //fuer Reader
+    SwPageDesc& _GetPageDesc( sal_uInt16 i ) const { return *aPageDescs[i]; }
+    void ChgPageDesc( sal_uInt16 i, const SwPageDesc& );
+    void DelPageDesc( sal_uInt16 i );
+    sal_uInt16 MakePageDesc( const String &rName, const SwPageDesc* pCpy = 0 );
+
+        // Methoden fuer die Verzeichnisse:
+        // - Verzeichnismarke einfuegen loeschen travel
+    sal_uInt16 GetCurTOXMark( const SwPosition& rPos, SwTOXMarks& ) const;
+    void Delete( SwTOXMark* pTOXMark );
+    const SwTOXMark& GotoTOXMark( const SwTOXMark& rCurTOXMark,
+                                SwTOXSearch eDir, sal_Bool bInReadOnly );
+
+        // - Verzeichnis einfuegen, und bei Bedarf erneuern
+    const SwTOXBaseSection* InsertTableOf( const SwPosition& rPos,
+                                            const SwTOXBase& rTOX,
+                                            const SfxItemSet* pSet = 0,
+                                            sal_Bool bExpand = sal_False );
+    const SwTOXBaseSection* InsertTableOf( sal_uInt32 nSttNd, sal_uInt32 nEndNd,
+                                            const SwTOXBase& rTOX,
+                                            const SfxItemSet* pSet = 0                                          );
+    const SwTOXBase* GetCurTOX( const SwPosition& rPos ) const;
+    const SwAttrSet& GetTOXBaseAttrSet(const SwTOXBase& rTOX) const;
+
+    sal_Bool DeleteTOX( const SwTOXBase& rTOXBase, sal_Bool bDelNodes = sal_False );
+    String GetUniqueTOXBaseName( const SwTOXType& rType,
+                                const String* pChkStr = 0 ) const;
+
+    sal_Bool SetTOXBaseName(const SwTOXBase& rTOXBase, const String& rName);
+    void SetTOXBaseProtection(const SwTOXBase& rTOXBase, sal_Bool bProtect);
+
+    // nach einlesen einer Datei alle Verzeichnisse updaten
+    void SetUpdateTOX( sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True )      { bUpdateTOX = bFlag; }
+    sal_Bool IsUpdateTOX() const                    { return bUpdateTOX; }
+
+    const String&   GetTOIAutoMarkURL() const {return sTOIAutoMarkURL;}
+    void            SetTOIAutoMarkURL(const String& rSet)  {sTOIAutoMarkURL = rSet;}
+    void            ApplyAutoMark();
+
+    sal_Bool IsInReading() const                    { return bInReading; }
+
+    // - Verzeichnis-Typen verwalten
+    sal_uInt16 GetTOXTypeCount( TOXTypes eTyp ) const;
+    const SwTOXType* GetTOXType( TOXTypes eTyp, sal_uInt16 nId ) const;
+    sal_Bool DeleteTOXType( TOXTypes eTyp, sal_uInt16 nId );
+    const SwTOXType* InsertTOXType( const SwTOXType& rTyp );
+    const SwTOXTypes& GetTOXTypes() const { return *pTOXTypes; }
+
+    const SwTOXBase*    GetDefaultTOXBase( TOXTypes eTyp, sal_Bool bCreate = sal_False );
+    void                SetDefaultTOXBase(const SwTOXBase& rBase);
+
+    // - Schluessel fuer die Indexverwaltung
+    sal_uInt16 GetTOIKeys( SwTOIKeyType eTyp, SvStringsSort& rArr ) const;
+
+    // Sortieren Tabellen Text
+    sal_Bool SortTbl(const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, const SwSortOptions&);
+    sal_Bool SortText(const SwPaM&, const SwSortOptions&);
+
+        // korrigiere die im Dokument angemeldeten SwPosition-Objecte,
+        // wie z.B. die ::com::sun::star::text::Bookmarks oder die Verzeichnisse.
+        // JP 22.06.95: ist bMoveCrsr gesetzt, verschiebe auch die Crsr
+
+        // Setzt alles in rOldNode auf rNewPos + Offset
+    void CorrAbs( const SwNodeIndex& rOldNode, const SwPosition& rNewPos,
+                    const xub_StrLen nOffset = 0, sal_Bool bMoveCrsr = sal_False );
+        // Setzt alles im Bereich von [rStartNode, rEndNode] nach rNewPos
+    void CorrAbs( const SwNodeIndex& rStartNode, const SwNodeIndex& rEndNode,
+                    const SwPosition& rNewPos, sal_Bool bMoveCrsr = sal_False );
+        // Setzt alles im Bereich von rRange nach rNewPos
+    void CorrAbs( const SwPaM& rRange, const SwPosition& rNewPos,
+                    sal_Bool bMoveCrsr = sal_False );
+        // Setzt alles in rOldNode auf relative Pos
+    void CorrRel( const SwNodeIndex& rOldNode, const SwPosition& rNewPos,
+                    const xub_StrLen nOffset = 0, sal_Bool bMoveCrsr = sal_False );
+
+        // GliederungsRegeln erfragen / setzen
+    const SwNumRule* GetOutlineNumRule() const { return pOutlineRule; }
+    void SetOutlineNumRule( const SwNumRule& rRule );
+    // Gliederung - hoch-/runterstufen
+    sal_Bool OutlineUpDown( const SwPaM& rPam, short nOffset = 1 );
+    // Gliederung - hoch-/runtermoven
+    sal_Bool MoveOutlinePara( const SwPaM& rPam, short nOffset = 1);
+        // zu diesem Gliederungspunkt
+    sal_Bool GotoOutline( SwPosition& rPos, const String& rName ) const;
+    // die Aenderungen an den Gliederungsvorlagen in die OutlineRule uebernehmen
+    void SetOutlineLSpace( sal_uInt8 nLevel, short nFirstLnOfst, sal_uInt16 nLSpace );
+
+        // setzt, wenn noch keine Numerierung, sonst wird geaendert
+        // arbeitet mit alten und neuen Regeln, nur Differenzen aktualisieren
+    void SetNumRule( const SwPaM&, const SwNumRule&,
+                                        sal_Bool bSetAbsLSpace = sal_True );
+        // ab hier neu starten lassen oder den Start wieder aufheben
+    void SetNumRuleStart( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bFlag = sal_True );
+    void SetNodeNumStart( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uInt16 nStt = USHRT_MAX );
+
+    SwNumRule* GetCurrNumRule( const SwPosition& rPos ) const;
+    SwNumRuleTbl& GetNumRuleTbl() { return *pNumRuleTbl; }
+    const SwNumRuleTbl& GetNumRuleTbl() const { return *pNumRuleTbl; }
+    sal_uInt16 MakeNumRule( const String &rName, const SwNumRule* pCpy = 0 );
+    sal_uInt16 FindNumRule( const String& rName ) const;
+    SwNumRule* FindNumRulePtr( const String& rName ) const;
+    // loeschen geht nur, wenn die ::com::sun::star::chaos::Rule niemand benutzt!
+    sal_Bool DelNumRule( const String& rName );
+    String GetUniqueNumRuleName( const String* pChkStr = 0, sal_Bool bAutoNum = sal_True ) const;
+    void UpdateNumRule( const String& rName, sal_uInt32 nUpdPos );
+    void UpdateNumRule();   // alle invaliden Updaten
+    void ChgNumRuleFmts( const SwNumRule& rRule );
+    sal_Bool ReplaceNumRule( const SwPosition& rPos, const String& rOldRule,
+                        const String& rNewRule );
+
+        // zum naechsten/vorhergehenden Punkt auf gleicher Ebene
+    sal_Bool GotoNextNum( SwPosition&, sal_Bool bOverUpper = sal_True,
+                        sal_uInt8* pUpper = 0, sal_uInt8* pLower = 0 );
+    sal_Bool GotoPrevNum( SwPosition&, sal_Bool bOverUpper = sal_True,
+                        sal_uInt8* pUpper = 0, sal_uInt8* pLower = 0 );
+
+        // Absaetze ohne Numerierung, aber mit Einzuegen
+    sal_Bool NoNum( const SwPaM& );
+        // Loeschen, Splitten der Aufzaehlungsliste
+    sal_Bool DelNumRules( const SwPaM& );
+        // Hoch-/Runterstufen
+    sal_Bool NumUpDown( const SwPaM&, sal_Bool bDown = sal_True );
+        // Bewegt selektierte Absaetze (nicht nur Numerierungen)
+        // entsprechend des Offsets. (negativ: zum Doc-Anf.)
+    sal_Bool MoveParagraph( const SwPaM&, long nOffset = 1, sal_Bool bIsOutlMv = sal_False );
+        // No-/Numerierung ueber Delete/Backspace ein/abschalten
+    sal_Bool NumOrNoNum( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx, sal_Bool bDel = sal_False,
+                    sal_Bool bOutline = sal_False );
+        // Animation der Grafiken stoppen
+    void StopNumRuleAnimations( OutputDevice* );
+
+        // fuege eine neue Tabelle auf der Position rPos ein. (es
+        // wird vor dem Node eingefuegt !!)
+        //JP 28.10.96:
+        //  fuer AutoFormat bei der Eingabe: dann muessen die Spalten
+        //  auf die vordefinierten Breite gesetzt werden. Im Array stehen die
+        //  Positionen der Spalten!! (nicht deren Breite!)
+    const SwTable* InsertTable( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uInt16 nRows,
+                                sal_uInt16 nCols, SwHoriOrient eAdjust,
+                                sal_uInt16 nInsert = HEADLINE_NO_BORDER,
+                                const SwTableAutoFmt* pTAFmt = 0,
+                                const SvUShorts* pColArr = 0 );
+
+        // steht der Index in einer Tabelle, dann returne den TableNode sonst 0
+                 SwTableNode* IsIdxInTbl( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx );
+    inline const SwTableNode* IsIdxInTbl( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx ) const;
+
+        // erzeuge aus dem makierten Bereich eine ausgeglichene Tabelle
+    const SwTable* TextToTable( const SwPaM& rRange, sal_Unicode cCh,
+                                SwHoriOrient eAdjust,
+                                sal_uInt16 nInsert = HEADLINE_NO_BORDER,
+                                const SwTableAutoFmt* = 0 );
+        // erzeuge aus der Tabelle wieder normalen Text
+    sal_Bool TableToText( const SwTableNode* pTblNd, sal_Unicode cCh );
+        // einfuegen von Spalten/Zeilen in der Tabelle
+    sal_Bool InsertCol( const SwCursor& rCursor,
+                    sal_uInt16 nCnt = 1, sal_Bool bBehind = sal_True );
+    sal_Bool InsertCol( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes,
+                    sal_uInt16 nCnt = 1, sal_Bool bBehind = sal_True );
+    sal_Bool InsertRow( const SwCursor& rCursor,
+                    sal_uInt16 nCnt = 1, sal_Bool bBehind = sal_True );
+    sal_Bool InsertRow( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes,
+                    sal_uInt16 nCnt = 1, sal_Bool bBehind = sal_True );
+        // loeschen von Spalten/Zeilen in der Tabelle
+    sal_Bool DeleteRowCol( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes );
+    sal_Bool DeleteRow( const SwCursor& rCursor );
+    sal_Bool DeleteCol( const SwCursor& rCursor );
+        // teilen / zusammenfassen von Boxen in der Tabelle
+    sal_Bool SplitTbl( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, sal_Bool bVert = sal_True, sal_uInt16 nCnt=1 );
+        // returnt den enum TableMergeErr
+    sal_uInt16 MergeTbl( SwPaM& rPam );
+    String GetUniqueTblName() const;
+    sal_Bool IsInsTblFormatNum() const;
+    sal_Bool IsInsTblChangeNumFormat() const;
+    sal_Bool IsInsTblAlignNum() const;
+
+        // aus der FEShell wg.. Undo und bModified
+    void GetTabCols( SwTabCols &rFill, const SwCursor* pCrsr,
+                    const SwCellFrm* pBoxFrm = 0 ) const;
+    void SetTabCols( const SwTabCols &rNew, sal_Bool bCurRowOnly,
+                    const SwCursor* pCrsr, const SwCellFrm* pBoxFrm = 0 );
+
+    // Direktzugriff fuer Uno
+    void SetTabCols(SwTable& rTab, const SwTabCols &rNew, SwTabCols &rOld,
+                                    const SwTableBox *pStart, sal_Bool bCurRowOnly);
+
+    void SetHeadlineRepeat( SwTable &rTable, sal_Bool bSet );
+        // AutoFormat fuer die Tabelle/TabellenSelection
+    sal_Bool SetTableAutoFmt( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, const SwTableAutoFmt& rNew );
+        // Erfrage wie attributiert ist
+    sal_Bool GetTableAutoFmt( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes, SwTableAutoFmt& rGet );
+        // setze das TabelleAttribut Undo auf:
+    void AppendUndoForAttrTable( const SwTable& rTbl );
+        // setze die Spalten/Zeilen/ZTellen Breite/Hoehe
+    sal_Bool SetColRowWidthHeight( SwTableBox& rAktBox, sal_uInt16 eType,
+                                SwTwips nAbsDiff, SwTwips nRelDiff );
+    SwTableBoxFmt* MakeTableBoxFmt();
+    SwTableLineFmt* MakeTableLineFmt();
+    // teste ob die Box ein numerischen Wert darstellt und aender dann ggfs.
+    // das Format der Box
+    void ChkBoxNumFmt( SwTableBox& rAktBox, sal_Bool bCallUpdate );
+    void SetTblBoxFormulaAttrs( SwTableBox& rBox, const SfxItemSet& rSet );
+    void ClearBoxNumAttrs( const SwNodeIndex& rNode );
+
+    sal_Bool CopyTblInTbl( const SwTable& rSrcTable, SwTable& rDestTbl,
+                        const SwNodeIndex& rBoxIdx );
+    sal_Bool InsCopyOfTbl( SwPosition& rInsPos, const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes,
+                        const SwTable* pCpyTbl = 0, sal_Bool bCpyName = sal_False,
+                        sal_Bool bCorrPos = sal_False );
+
+    sal_Bool UnProtectCells( const String& rTblName );
+    sal_Bool UnProtectCells( const SwSelBoxes& rBoxes );
+    sal_Bool UnProtectTbls( const SwPaM& rPam );
+    sal_Bool HasTblAnyProtection( const SwPosition* pPos,
+                              const String* pTblName = 0,
+                              sal_Bool* pFullTblProtection = 0 );
+
+    // Tabelle an der Position in der GrundLine aufsplitten, sprich eine
+    // neue Tabelle erzeugen.
+    sal_Bool SplitTable( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uInt16 eMode = 0,
+                        sal_Bool bCalcNewSize = sal_False );
+    // und die Umkehrung davon. rPos muss in der Tabelle stehen, die bestehen
+    // bleibt. Das Flag besagt ob die aktuelle mit der davor oder dahinter
+    // stehenden vereint wird.
+    sal_Bool MergeTable( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bWithPrev = sal_True,
+                        sal_uInt16 nMode = 0 );
+
+    // Raeume die Umrandung innerhalb der Tabelle ein wenig auf (doppelte
+    // an einer Kante erkennen und beseitigen)
+    sal_Bool GCTableBorder( const SwPosition& rPos );
+    // Charts der angegebenen Tabelle zum Update bewegen
+    void UpdateCharts( const String &rName ) const;
+    // update all charts, for that exists any table
+    void UpdateAllCharts()          { DoUpdateAllCharts( 0 ); }
+    // Tabelle wird umbenannt und aktualisiert die Charts
+    void SetTableName( SwFrmFmt& rTblFmt, const String &rNewName );
+
+    // returne zum Namen die im Doc gesetzte Referenz
+    const SwFmtRefMark* GetRefMark( const String& rName ) const;
+    // returne die RefMark per Index - fuer Uno
+    const SwFmtRefMark* GetRefMark( sal_uInt16 nIndex ) const;
+    // returne die Namen aller im Doc gesetzten Referenzen.
+    //  Ist der ArrayPointer 0 dann returne nur, ob im Doc. eine RefMark
+    //  gesetzt ist
+    sal_uInt16 GetRefMarks( SvStringsDtor* = 0 ) const;
+
+    //Einfuegen einer Beschriftung - falls ein FlyFormat erzeugt wird, so
+    // returne dieses.
+    SwFlyFrmFmt* InsertLabel( const SwLabelType eType, const String &rTxt,
+                    const sal_Bool bBefore, const sal_uInt16 nId, const sal_uInt32 nIdx,
+                    const sal_Bool bCpyBrd = sal_True );
+    SwFlyFrmFmt* InsertDrawLabel( const String &rTxt, const sal_uInt16 nId,
+                                  SdrObject& rObj );
+
+    // erfrage den Attribut Pool
+    const SwAttrPool& GetAttrPool() const   { return aAttrPool; }
+          SwAttrPool& GetAttrPool()         { return aAttrPool; }
+
+    // suche ueber das Layout eine EditShell und ggfs. eine ViewShell
+    SwEditShell* GetEditShell( ViewShell** ppSh = 0 ) const;
+
+    // OLE 2.0-Benachrichtung
+    inline       void  SetOle2Link(const Link& rLink) {aOle2Link = rLink;}
+    inline const Link& GetOle2Link() const {return aOle2Link;}
+
+    // SS fuer Bereiche
+    SwSection* Insert( const SwPaM& rRange, const SwSection& rNew,
+                        const SfxItemSet* pAttr = 0, sal_Bool bUpdate = sal_True );
+    sal_uInt16 IsInsRegionAvailable( const SwPaM& rRange,
+                                const SwNode** ppSttNd = 0 ) const;
+    SwSection* GetCurrSection( const SwPosition& rPos ) const;
+    SwSectionFmts& GetSections() { return *pSectionFmtTbl; }
+    const SwSectionFmts& GetSections() const { return *pSectionFmtTbl; }
+    SwSectionFmt *MakeSectionFmt( SwSectionFmt *pDerivedFrom );
+    void DelSectionFmt( SwSectionFmt *pFmt, sal_Bool bDelNodes = sal_False );
+    void ChgSection( sal_uInt16 nSect, const SwSection&, const SfxItemSet* = 0 );
+    String GetUniqueSectionName( const String* pChkStr = 0 ) const;
+
+        // Passwort fuer geschuetzte Bereiche erfragen/setzen
+    void ChgSectionPasswd( const String& sNew );
+    const String& GetSectionPasswd() const { return sSectionPasswd; }
+
+    // Pointer auf die SfxDocShell vom Doc, kann 0 sein !!!
+          SwDocShell* GetDocShell()         { return pDocShell; }
+    const SwDocShell* GetDocShell() const   { return pDocShell; }
+    void SetDocShell( SwDocShell* pDSh );
+
+    // falls beim Kopieren von OLE-Nodes eine DocShell angelegt werden muss,
+    // dann MUSS der Ref-Pointer besetzt sein!!!!
+    SvEmbeddedObjectRef* GetRefForDocShell()            { return pDocShRef; }
+    void SetRefForDocShell( SvEmbeddedObjectRef* p )    { pDocShRef = p; }
+
+        // fuer die TextBausteine - diese habe nur ein SvPersist zur
+        // Verfuegung
+         SvPersist* GetPersist() const;
+    void SetPersist( SvPersist* );
+
+    // Pointer auf den Storage des SfxDocShells, kann 0 sein !!!
+    SvStorage* GetDocStorage();
+
+        // abfrage/setze Flag, ob das Dokument im asynchronen Laden ist
+    sal_Bool IsInLoadAsynchron() const              { return bInLoadAsynchron; }
+    void SetInLoadAsynchron( sal_Bool bFlag )       { bInLoadAsynchron = bFlag; }
+
+    // SS fuers Linken von Dokumentteilen
+    sal_Bool GetData( const String& rItem, SvData& rData ) const;
+    sal_Bool ChangeData( const String& rItem, const SvData& rData );
+    SvPseudoObject* CreateHotLink( const String& rItem );
+    // erzeuge um das zu Servende Object eine Selektion
+    sal_Bool SelectServerObj( const String& rStr, SwPaM*& rpPam,
+                            SwNodeRange*& rpRange ) const;
+    // erfage alle zu servendenen Objecte
+    sal_uInt16 GetServerObjects( SvStrings& rStrArr ) const;
+
+    // fuer Drag&Move: ( z.B. RefMarks "verschieben" erlauben )
+    sal_Bool IsCopyIsMove() const               { return bCopyIsMove; }
+    void SetCopyIsMove( sal_Bool bFlag )        { bCopyIsMove = bFlag; }
+
+    // fuers Draw-Undo: Aktionen auf Flys wollen wir selbst behandeln
+    sal_Bool IsNoDrawUndoObj() const            { return bNoDrawUndoObj; }
+    void SetNoDrawUndoObj( sal_Bool bFlag )     { bNoDrawUndoObj = bFlag; }
+    SwDrawContact* GroupSelection( SdrView& );
+    void UnGroupSelection( SdrView& );
+    sal_Bool DeleteSelection( SwDrawView& );
+
+    // Invalidiert OnlineSpell-WrongListen
+    void SpellItAgainSam( sal_Bool bInvalid, sal_Bool bOnlyWrong );
+    void InvalidateAutoCompleteFlag();
+
+    SdrModel* _MakeDrawModel();
+    inline SdrModel* MakeDrawModel()
+    { return GetDrawModel() ? GetDrawModel() : _MakeDrawModel(); }
+    void SetCalcFieldValueHdl(Outliner* pOutliner);
+
+    // erfrage ob die ::com::sun::star::util::URL besucht war. Uebers Doc, falls nur ein ::com::sun::star::text::Bookmark
+    // angegeben ist. Dann muss der Doc. Name davor gesetzt werden!
+    sal_Bool IsVisitedURL( const String& rURL ) const;
+
+    // speicher die akt. Werte fuer die automatische Aufnahme von Ausnahmen
+    // in die Autokorrektur
+    void SetAutoCorrExceptWord( SwAutoCorrExceptWord* pNew );
+    SwAutoCorrExceptWord* GetAutoCorrExceptWord()       { return pACEWord; }
+
+    const SwFmtINetFmt* FindINetAttr( const String& rName ) const;
+
+    // rufe ins dunkle Basic, mit evt. Return String
+    sal_Bool ExecMacro( const SvxMacro& rMacro, String* pRet = 0, SbxArray* pArgs = 0 );
+    // rufe ins dunkle Basic/JavaScript
+    sal_uInt16 CallEvent( sal_uInt16 nEvent, const SwCallMouseEvent& rCallEvent,
+                        sal_Bool bChkPtr = sal_False, SbxArray* pArgs = 0,
+                        const Link* pCallBack = 0 );
+
+    // linken Rand ueber Objectleiste einstellen (aenhlich dem Stufen von
+    // Numerierungen), optional kann man "um" den Offset stufen oder "auf"
+    // die Position gestuft werden (bModulus = sal_True)
+    void MoveLeftMargin( const SwPaM& rPam, sal_Bool bRight = sal_True,
+                        sal_Bool bModulus = sal_True );
+
+    // Numberformatter erfragen
+    inline       SvNumberFormatter* GetNumberFormatter( sal_Bool bCreate = sal_True );
+    inline const SvNumberFormatter* GetNumberFormatter( sal_Bool bCreate = sal_True ) const;
+
+    // loesche den nicht sichtbaren ::com::sun::star::ucb::Content aus dem Document, wie z.B.:
+    // versteckte Bereiche, versteckte Absaetze
+    sal_Bool RemoveInvisibleContent();
+    // embedded alle lokalen Links (Bereiche/Grafiken)
+    sal_Bool EmbedAllLinks();
+    // erzeuge Anhand der vorgebenen Collection Teildokumente
+    // falls keine angegeben ist, nehme die Kapitelvorlage der 1. Ebene
+    sal_Bool GenerateGlobalDoc( const String& rPath,
+                                const SwTxtFmtColl* pSplitColl = 0 );
+    sal_Bool GenerateHTMLDoc( const String& rPath,
+                                const SwTxtFmtColl* pSplitColl = 0 );
+
+
+    // alles fuers Redlining
+    SwRedlineMode GetRedlineMode() const { return eRedlineMode; }
+    sal_Bool IsRedlineOn() const { return ::IsRedlineOn( eRedlineMode ); }
+    sal_Bool IsIgnoreRedline() const { return REDLINE_IGNORE & eRedlineMode; }
+    void SetRedlineMode_intern( sal_uInt16 eMode ) { eRedlineMode = (SwRedlineMode)eMode; }
+    void SetRedlineMode( sal_uInt16 eMode );
+
+    const SwRedlineTbl& GetRedlineTbl() const { return *pRedlineTbl; }
+    sal_Bool AppendRedline( SwRedline* pPtr, sal_Bool bCallDelete = sal_True );
+    sal_Bool SplitRedline( const SwPaM& rPam );
+    sal_Bool DeleteRedline( const SwPaM& rPam, sal_Bool bSaveInUndo = sal_True,
+                        sal_uInt16 nDelType = USHRT_MAX );
+    sal_Bool DeleteRedline( const SwStartNode& rSection, sal_Bool bSaveInUndo = sal_True,
+                        sal_uInt16 nDelType = USHRT_MAX );
+    void DeleteRedline( sal_uInt16 nPos );
+    sal_uInt16 GetRedlinePos( const SwNode& rNd, sal_uInt16 nType = USHRT_MAX ) const;
+    void CompressRedlines();
+    const SwRedline* GetRedline( const SwPosition& rPos,
+                                sal_uInt16* pFndPos = 0 ) const;
+
+    sal_Bool IsRedlineMove() const              { return bIsRedlineMove; }
+    void SetRedlineMove( sal_Bool bFlag )       { bIsRedlineMove = bFlag; }
+
+    sal_Bool AcceptRedline( sal_uInt16 nPos, sal_Bool bCallDelete = sal_True );
+    sal_Bool AcceptRedline( const SwPaM& rPam, sal_Bool bCallDelete = sal_True );
+    sal_Bool RejectRedline( sal_uInt16 nPos, sal_Bool bCallDelete = sal_True );
+    sal_Bool RejectRedline( const SwPaM& rPam, sal_Bool bCallDelete = sal_True );
+    const SwRedline* SelNextRedline( SwPaM& rPam ) const;
+    const SwRedline* SelPrevRedline( SwPaM& rPam ) const;
+
+    // alle Redline invalidieren, die Darstellung hat sich geaendert
+    void UpdateRedlineAttr();
+    // legt gegebenenfalls einen neuen Author an
+    sal_uInt16 GetRedlineAuthor();
+    // fuer die Reader usw. - neuen Author in die Tabelle eintragen
+    sal_uInt16 InsertRedlineAuthor( const String& );
+    // Kommentar am Redline an der Position setzen
+    sal_Bool SetRedlineComment( const SwPaM& rPam, const String& rS );
+
+    //  vergleiche zwei Dokument miteinander
+    long CompareDoc( const SwDoc& rDoc );
+    // merge zweier Dokumente
+    long MergeDoc( const SwDoc& rDoc );
+    // setze Kommentar-Text fuers Redline, das dann per AppendRedline
+    // hereinkommt. Wird vom Autoformat benutzt. 0-Pointer setzt den Modus
+    // wieder zurueck. Die SequenceNummer ist fuers UI-seitige zusammen-
+    // fassen von Redlines.
+    void SetAutoFmtRedlineComment( const String* pTxt, sal_uInt16 nSeqNo = 0 );
+
+    sal_Bool IsAutoFmtRedline() const           { return bIsAutoFmtRedline; }
+    void SetAutoFmtRedline( sal_Bool bFlag )    { bIsAutoFmtRedline = bFlag; }
+
+    // fuer AutoFormat: mit Undo/Redlining - Behandlung
+    void SetTxtFmtCollByAutoFmt( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uInt16 nPoolId,
+                                const SfxItemSet* pSet = 0 );
+    void SetFmtItemByAutoFmt( const SwPaM& rPam, const SfxPoolItem& );
+
+    // !!!NUR fuer die SW-Textblocks!! beachtet kein LAYOUT!!!
+    void ClearDoc();        // loescht den gesamten Inhalt.
+
+    // erfrage / setze die Daten fuer die PagePreView
+    const SwPagePreViewPrtData* GetPreViewPrtData() const { return pPgPViewPrtData; }
+    // wenn der Pointer == 0 ist, dann wird im Doc der Pointer zerstoert,
+    // ansonsten wird das Object kopiert.
+    // Der Pointer geht NICHT in den Besitz des Doc's!!
+    void SetPreViewPrtData( const SwPagePreViewPrtData* pData );
+
+    // update all modified OLE-Objects. The modification is called over the
+    // StarOne - Interface              --> Bug 67026
+    void SetOLEObjModified()
+    {   if( GetRootFrm() ) aOLEModifiedTimer.Start(); }
+
+    // -------------------- Uno - Schnittstellen ---------------------------
+    const SwUnoCrsrTbl& GetUnoCrsrTbl() const       { return *pUnoCrsrTbl; }
+    SwUnoCrsr* CreateUnoCrsr( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_Bool bTblCrsr = sal_False );
+    // -------------------- Uno - Schnittstellen ---------------------------
+
+    // -------------------- FeShell - Schnittstellen -----------------------
+    // !!!!! diese gehen immer davon aus, das ein Layout existiert  !!!!
+    sal_Bool ChgAnchor( const SdrMarkList &rMrkList, int eAnchorId,
+                        sal_Bool bSameOnly, sal_Bool bPosCorr );
+
+    void SetRowHeight( const SwCursor& rCursor, const SwFmtFrmSize &rNew );
+    void GetRowHeight( const SwCursor& rCursor, SwFmtFrmSize *& rpSz ) const;
+    sal_Bool BalanceRowHeight( const SwCursor& rCursor, sal_Bool bTstOnly = sal_True );
+    void SetRowBackground( const SwCursor& rCursor, const SvxBrushItem &rNew );
+    sal_Bool GetRowBackground( const SwCursor& rCursor, SvxBrushItem &rToFill ) const;
+    void SetTabBorders( const SwCursor& rCursor, const SfxItemSet& rSet );
+    void SetTabLineStyle( const SwCursor& rCursor,
+                          const Color* pColor, sal_Bool bSetLine,
+                          const SvxBorderLine* pBorderLine );
+    void GetTabBorders( const SwCursor& rCursor, SfxItemSet& rSet ) const;
+    void SetBoxAttr( const SwCursor& rCursor, const SfxPoolItem &rNew );
+    sal_Bool GetBoxBackground( const SwCursor& rCursor, SvxBrushItem &rToFill ) const;
+    void SetBoxAlign( const SwCursor& rCursor, sal_uInt16 nAlign );
+    sal_uInt16 GetBoxAlign( const SwCursor& rCursor ) const;
+    void AdjustCellWidth( const SwCursor& rCursor, sal_Bool bBalance = sal_False );
+
+    int Chainable( const SwFrmFmt &rSource, const SwFrmFmt &rDest );
+    int Chain( SwFrmFmt &rSource, const SwFrmFmt &rDest );
+    void Unchain( SwFrmFmt &rFmt );
+
+    // fuers Copy/Move aus der FrmShell
+    SdrObject* CloneSdrObj( const SdrObject&, sal_Bool bMoveWithinDoc = sal_False,
+                            sal_Bool bInsInPage = sal_True );
+
+    //
+    // -------------------- FeShell - Schnittstellen Ende ------------------
+
+
+    // Schnittstelle fuer die TextInputDaten - ( fuer die Texteingabe
+    // von japanischen/chinesischen Zeichen)
+    SwExtTextInput* CreateExtTextInput( const SwPaM& rPam );
+    void DeleteExtTextInput( SwExtTextInput* pDel );
+    SwExtTextInput* GetExtTextInput( const SwNode& rNd,
+                                xub_StrLen nCntntPos = STRING_NOTFOUND) const;
+
+    // Schnistelle fuer den Zugriff auf die AutoComplete-Liste
+    static SwAutoCompleteWord& GetAutoCompleteWords() { return *pACmpltWords; }
+
+    sal_Bool ContainsMSVBasic() const           { return bContains_MSVBasic; }
+    void SetContainsMSVBasic( sal_Bool bFlag )  { bContains_MSVBasic = bFlag; }
+
+    // ------------------- Zugriff auf Dummy-Member --------------------
+
+    sal_Bool IsParaSpaceMax() const { return n8Dummy1 & DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX; }
+    sal_Bool IsParaSpaceMaxAtPages() const { return n8Dummy1 & DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX_AT_PAGES; }
+    void SetParaSpaceMax( sal_Bool bNew, sal_Bool bAtPages )
+    {
+        if( bNew ) n8Dummy1 |= DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX; else n8Dummy1 &= ~DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX;
+        if( bAtPages ) n8Dummy1 |= DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX_AT_PAGES; else n8Dummy1 &= ~DUMMY_PARASPACEMAX_AT_PAGES;
+    }
+
+    void SetULongDummy1( sal_uInt32 n ) { n32Dummy1 = n; }
+    void SetULongDummy2( sal_uInt32 n ) { n32Dummy2 = n; }
+    void SetByteDummy1( sal_Int8 n ) { n8Dummy1 = n; }
+    void SetByteDummy2( sal_Int8 n ) { n8Dummy2 = n; }
+    void SetStringDummy1( const String& r ) { sDummy1 = r; }
+    void SetStringDummy2( const String& r ) { sDummy2 = r; }
+    sal_uInt32 GetULongDummy1() const { return n32Dummy1; }
+    sal_uInt32 GetULongDummy2() const { return n32Dummy2; }
+    sal_Int8 GetByteDummy1() const { return n8Dummy1; }
+    sal_Int8 GetByteDummy2() const { return n8Dummy2; }
+    const String& GetStringDummy1() const { return sDummy1; }
+    const String& GetStringDummy2() const { return sDummy2; }
+
+    // call back for API wrapper
+    SwModify*   GetUnoCallBack() const;
+};
+
+
+// Diese Methode wird im Dtor vom SwDoc gerufen und loescht den Cache
+// der Konturobjekte
+void ClrContourCache();
+
+
+//------------------ inline impl. ---------------------------------
+
+inline const SwTableNode* SwDoc::IsIdxInTbl( const SwNodeIndex& rIdx ) const
+{
+    return ((SwDoc*)this)->IsIdxInTbl( rIdx );
+}
+
+inline SvNumberFormatter* SwDoc::GetNumberFormatter( sal_Bool bCreate )
+{
+    if( bCreate && !pNumberFormatter )
+        _CreateNumberFormatter();
+    return pNumberFormatter;
+}
+
+inline const SvNumberFormatter* SwDoc::GetNumberFormatter( sal_Bool bCreate ) const
+{
+    return ((SwDoc*)this)->GetNumberFormatter( bCreate );
+}
+
+
+// ist das NodesArray das normale vom Doc? (nicht das UndoNds, .. )
+// Implementierung steht hier, weil man dazu Doc kennen muss!
+inline sal_Bool SwNodes::IsDocNodes() const
+{
+    return this == &pMyDoc->GetNodes();
+}
+
+
+
+#endif  //_DOC_HXX
diff --git a/sw/inc/docary.hxx b/sw/inc/docary.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d904c90b1cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/docary.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: docary.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DOCARY_HXX
+#define _DOCARY_HXX
+
+class SwFieldType;
+class SwFrmFmt;
+class SwCharFmt;
+class SwBookmark;
+class SwTOXType;
+class SwUndo;
+class SwSectionFmt;
+class SwNumRule;
+class SwRedline;
+class SwUnoCrsr;
+class SwOLENode;
+
+#ifndef _SWTYPES_HXX //autogen
+#include <swtypes.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SVARRAY_HXX //autogen
+#include <svtools/svarray.hxx>
+#endif
+
+typedef SwFieldType* SwFldTypePtr;
+#define GROW_FLDTYPES   16
+
+//PageDescriptor-Schnittstelle
+//typedef SwPageDesc * SwPageDescPtr;
+//SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL(SwPageDescs, SwPageDescPtr,1,1);
+
+typedef SwFrmFmt* SwFrmFmtPtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL(SwFrmFmts,SwFrmFmtPtr,4,4)
+
+//Spezifische Frameformate (Rahmen, DrawObjecte)
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL(SwSpzFrmFmts,SwFrmFmtPtr,0,4)
+
+typedef SwCharFmt* SwCharFmtPtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL(SwCharFmts,SwCharFmtPtr,4,4)
+
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL( SwFldTypes, SwFldTypePtr, INIT_FLDTYPES, GROW_FLDTYPES )
+
+//Bookmarks (nach Dokumentpositionen sortiertes Array)
+typedef SwBookmark* SwBookmarkPtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_SORT(SwBookmarks, SwBookmarkPtr,0,1)
+
+typedef SwTOXType* SwTOXTypePtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL( SwTOXTypes, SwTOXTypePtr, 0, 1 )
+
+// Undo
+#define INIT_UNDOS 5
+#define GROW_UNDOS 5
+// Das Array der Undo-History
+typedef SwUndo* SwUndoPtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL( SwUndos, SwUndoPtr, INIT_UNDOS, GROW_UNDOS )
+
+typedef SwSectionFmt* SwSectionFmtPtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL(SwSectionFmts,SwSectionFmtPtr,0,4)
+
+
+typedef SwNumRule* SwNumRulePtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL( SwNumRuleTbl, SwNumRulePtr, 0, 5 )
+
+typedef SwRedline* SwRedlinePtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_SORT_DEL( _SwRedlineTbl, SwRedlinePtr, 0, 16 )
+
+class SwRedlineTbl : private _SwRedlineTbl
+{
+public:
+    SwRedlineTbl( BYTE nSize = 0, BYTE nG = 16 )
+        : _SwRedlineTbl( nSize, nG ) {}
+    ~SwRedlineTbl() {}
+
+    BOOL SavePtrInArr( SwRedlinePtr p ) { return _SwRedlineTbl::Insert( p ); }
+
+    BOOL Insert( SwRedlinePtr& p, BOOL bIns = TRUE );
+    BOOL Insert( SwRedlinePtr& p, USHORT& rInsPos, BOOL bIns = TRUE );
+    BOOL InsertWithValidRanges( SwRedlinePtr& p, USHORT* pInsPos = 0 );
+
+    void Remove( USHORT nP, USHORT nL = 1 );
+    void DeleteAndDestroy( USHORT nP, USHORT nL=1 );
+
+    // suche den naechsten oder vorherigen Redline mit dergleichen Seq.No
+    // Mit dem Lookahead kann die Suche eingeschraenkt werden. 0 oder
+    // USHRT_MAX suchen im gesamten Array.
+    USHORT FindNextOfSeqNo( USHORT nSttPos, USHORT nLookahead = 20 ) const;
+    USHORT FindPrevOfSeqNo( USHORT nSttPos, USHORT nLookahead = 20 ) const;
+    USHORT FindNextSeqNo( USHORT nSeqNo, USHORT nSttPos,
+                            USHORT nLookahead = 20 ) const;
+    USHORT FindPrevSeqNo( USHORT nSeqNo, USHORT nSttPos,
+                            USHORT nLookahead = 20 ) const;
+
+    _SwRedlineTbl::Count;
+    _SwRedlineTbl::operator[];
+    _SwRedlineTbl::GetObject;
+    _SwRedlineTbl::Seek_Entry;
+    _SwRedlineTbl::GetPos;
+};
+
+typedef SwUnoCrsr* SwUnoCrsrPtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR_DEL( SwUnoCrsrTbl, SwUnoCrsrPtr, 0, 4 )
+
+typedef SwOLENode* SwOLENodePtr;
+SV_DECL_PTRARR(SwOLENodes,SwOLENodePtr,16,16)
+
+
+#endif  //_DOCARY_HXX
diff --git a/sw/inc/docfac.hxx b/sw/inc/docfac.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d73888366b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/docfac.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: docfac.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DOCFAC_HXX
+#define _DOCFAC_HXX
+
+#ifndef _SOLAR_H
+#include <tools/solar.h>
+#endif
+
+class SwDoc;
+
+class SwDocFac
+{
+protected:
+    SwDoc* pDoc;
+
+public:
+    SwDocFac( SwDoc *pDoc = 0 );
+    ~SwDocFac();
+
+    // Das Dokument ist nach dem Aufruf von Read(..) angelegt
+    SwDoc*  GetDoc();
+    ULONG   Count() const;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/sw/inc/docsh.hxx b/sw/inc/docsh.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9c6af7bd89b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/docsh.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: docsh.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _SWDOCSH_HXX
+#define _SWDOCSH_HXX
+
+#ifndef _TIMER_HXX //autogen
+#include <vcl/timer.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _SFX_OBJFAC_HXX //autogen
+#include <sfx2/docfac.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef _SFX_INTERNO_HXX //autogen
+#include <sfx2/interno.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SFX_OBJSH_HXX //autogen
+#include <sfx2/objsh.hxx>
+#endif
+#ifndef SW_SWDLL_HXX
+#include <swdll.hxx>
+#endif
+#include "shellid.hxx"
+
+class   SwDoc;
+class   Sw3Io;
+class   SfxDocumentInfoDialog;
+class   SfxStyleSheetBasePool;
+class   FontList;
+class   SwView;
+class   SwWrtShell;
+class   SwFEShell;
+class   Reader;
+class   SwReader;
+class   SwCrsrShell;
+class   SwSrcView;
+class   SfxFileDialog;
+class   PushButton;
+class   FixedText;
+class   SwPaM;
+
+class SwDocShell: public SfxObjectShell, public SfxInPlaceObject,
+                  public SfxListener
+{
+    SwDoc*                  pDoc;           // Document
+    Sw3Io*                  pIo;            // Reader / Writer
+    SfxStyleSheetBasePool*  pBasePool;      // Durchreiche fuer Formate
+    FontList*               pFontList;      // aktuelle FontListe
+
+    // Nix geht ohne die WrtShell (historische Gruende)
+    // RuekwaertsPointer auf die View (historische Gruende)
+    // Dieser gilt solange bis im Activate ein neuer gesetzt wird
+    // oder dieser im Dtor der View geloescht wird
+    //
+    SwView*                 pView;
+    SwWrtShell*             pWrtShell;
+
+    Timer                   aFinishedTimer; // Timer fuers ueberpriefen der
+                                            // Grafik-Links. Sind alle da,
+                                            // dann ist Doc voll. geladen
+
+    SvPersistRef            xOLEChildList;  // fuers RemoveOLEObjects
+
+    // Methoden fuer den Zugriff aufs Doc
+    void                    AddLink();
+    void                    RemoveLink();
+
+    // Hint abfangen fuer DocInfo
+    virtual void            Notify( SfxBroadcaster& rBC, const SfxHint& rHint );
+
+    // FileIO
+    virtual BOOL            InitNew(SvStorage* pNewStor);
+    virtual BOOL            Load(SvStorage* pStor);
+    virtual BOOL            LoadFrom(SvStorage* pStor);
+    virtual BOOL            ConvertFrom( SfxMedium &rMedium );
+    virtual void            HandsOff();
+    virtual BOOL            SaveAs(SvStorage * pNewStor );
+    virtual BOOL            ConvertTo(SfxMedium &rMedium );
+    virtual BOOL            SaveCompleted(SvStorage * pNewStor );
+    virtual USHORT          PrepareClose( BOOL bUI = TRUE, BOOL bForBrowsing = FALSE );
+
+    // DocInfo dem Doc melden
+    //
+    virtual SfxDocumentInfoDialog* CreateDocumentInfoDialog(
+                                    Window *pParent, const SfxItemSet &);
+    // Template-Btn
+    Window*                 AddTemplateBtn(SfxFileDialog* pFileDlg);
+
+    // OLE-Geraffel
+    virtual void            Draw( OutputDevice*, const JobSetup&, USHORT);
+
+    // Methoden fuer StyleSheets
+    USHORT                  Edit( const String &rName, const String& rParent, USHORT nFamily,
+                                    USHORT nMask, BOOL bNew,
+                                    BOOL bColumn = FALSE,
+                                    SwWrtShell* pActShell = 0,
+                                    BOOL bBasic = FALSE );
+    USHORT                  Delete(const String &rName, USHORT nFamily);
+    USHORT                  ApplyStyles(const String &rName, USHORT nFamily, SwWrtShell* pShell = 0,
+                                        USHORT nMode = 0 );
+    USHORT                  DoWaterCan( const String &rName, USHORT nFamily);
+    USHORT                  UpdateStyle(const String &rName, USHORT nFamily, SwWrtShell* pShell = 0);
+    USHORT                  MakeByExample(const String &rName,
+                                            USHORT nFamily, USHORT nMask, SwWrtShell* pShell = 0);
+
+    void                    InitDraw();
+    void                    SubInitNew();   // fuer InitNew und HtmlSourceModus
+    inline void             SetWrtShell(SwWrtShell* pShell)
+                                { pWrtShell = pShell; }
+
+    void                    RemoveOLEObjects();
+
+    DECL_STATIC_LINK( SwDocShell, IsLoadFinished, void* );
+    DECL_LINK( SelTemplateHdl, PushButton * );
+
+public:
+
+    // aber selbst implementieren
+    SFX_DECL_INTERFACE(SW_DOCSHELL);
+    SFX_DECL_OBJECTFACTORY_DLL(SwDocShell, SW_DLL());
+    TYPEINFO();
+
+    static SfxInterface *_GetInterface() { return _GetInterfaceImpl(); }
+
+    //Das Doc wird fuer SO-Datenaustausch benoetigt!
+    SwDocShell(SfxObjectCreateMode eMode = SFX_CREATE_MODE_EMBEDDED);
+    SwDocShell( SwDoc *pDoc, SfxObjectCreateMode eMode = SFX_CREATE_MODE_STANDARD );
+    ~SwDocShell();
+
+    // OLE 2.0-Benachrichtigung
+    DECL_LINK( Ole2ModifiedHdl, void * );
+
+    // OLE-Geraffel
+    virtual void      SetVisArea( const Rectangle &rRect );
+    virtual Rectangle GetVisArea( USHORT nAspect ) const;
+    virtual Printer  *GetDocumentPrinter();
+    virtual void      OnDocumentPrinterChanged( Printer * pNewPrinter );
+    virtual ULONG     GetMiscStatus() const;
+
+    virtual void            PrepareReload();
+    virtual void            SetModified( BOOL = TRUE );
+
+    // Dispatcher
+    void                    Execute(SfxRequest &);
+    void                    ExecStyleSheet(SfxRequest&);
+    void                    ExecDB(SfxRequest&);
+
+    void                    GetState(SfxItemSet &);
+    void                    StateAlways(SfxItemSet &);
+    void                    StateStyleSheet(SfxItemSet&, SwWrtShell* pSh = 0 );
+
+    // Doc rausreichen aber VORSICHT
+    inline SwDoc*           GetDoc() { return pDoc; }
+    void                    UpdateFontList();
+    void                    UpdateChildWindows();
+
+    // DocumentInfo neu setzen
+    BOOL                    SetDocumentInfo(const SfxDocumentInfo& rInfo);
+
+    // globaler IO
+    virtual BOOL            Save();
+
+    // fuer VorlagenPI
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBasePool*  GetStyleSheetPool();
+
+    // Fuer Organizer
+    virtual BOOL Insert(SfxObjectShell &rSource,
+                        USHORT  nSourceIdx1,
+                        USHORT  nSourceIdx2,
+                        USHORT  nSourceIdx3,
+                        USHORT& nIdx1,
+                        USHORT& nIdx2,
+                        USHORT& nIdx3,
+                        USHORT& nRemovedIdx);
+
+    virtual BOOL Remove(USHORT nIdx1,
+                        USHORT nIdx2 = INDEX_IGNORE,
+                        USHORT nIdx3 = INDEX_IGNORE);
+
+    virtual Bitmap      GetStyleFamilyBitmap( SfxStyleFamily eFamily );
+
+    // View setzen fuer Aktionen ueber Shell
+    void          SetView(SwView* pVw);
+    const SwView *GetView() const { return pView; }
+
+    // Zugriff auf die zur SwView gehoerige SwWrtShell
+          SwWrtShell *GetWrtShell()       { return pWrtShell; }
+    const SwWrtShell *GetWrtShell() const { return pWrtShell; }
+
+    // fuer die Core - die kennt die DocShell aber keine WrtShell!
+          SwFEShell *GetFEShell();
+    const SwFEShell *GetFEShell() const
+                { return ((SwDocShell*)this)->GetFEShell(); }
+
+
+    // Fuer Einfuegen Dokument
+    Reader* StartConvertFrom(SfxMedium& rMedium, SwReader** ppRdr,
+                            SwCrsrShell* pCrsrSh = 0, SwPaM* pPaM = 0);
+
+    // Anforderung der pIo-Struktur fuer den Zugriff auf Substorages
+    // und Streams
+    Sw3Io* GetIoSystem() { return pIo; }
+
+    virtual long DdeGetData( const String& rItem, SvData& rData );
+    virtual long DdeSetData( const String& rItem, const SvData& rData );
+    virtual SvPseudoObject* DdeCreateHotLink( const String& rItem );
+    virtual void        FillClass( SvGlobalName * pClassName,
+                                   ULONG * pClipFormat,
+                                   String * pAppName,
+                                   String * pLongUserName,
+                                   String * pUserName,
+                                   long nVersion = SOFFICE_FILEFORMAT_NOW ) const;
+    virtual void    FillRegInfo( SvEmbeddedRegistryInfo * );
+
+    virtual SvDataMemberObjectRef CreateSnapshot();
+
+    virtual void LoadStyles( SfxObjectShell& rSource );
+
+    // Seitenvorlagedialog anzeigen, ggf. auf Spaltenpage
+    void    FormatPage( const String& rPage,
+                        BOOL bColumn = FALSE,
+                        SwWrtShell*     pActShell = 0 );
+
+    // Timer starten fuers ueberpruefen der Grafik-Links. Sind alle
+    // vollstaendig geladen, dann ist das Doc fertig
+    void StartLoadFinishedTimer();
+
+    // eine Uebertragung wird abgebrochen (wird aus dem SFX gerufen)
+    virtual void CancelTransfers();
+
+    // Doc aus Html-Source neu laden
+    void    ReloadFromHtml( const String& rStreamName, SwSrcView* pSrcView );
+
+    // embedded alle lokalen Links (Bereiche/Grafiken)
+    BOOL EmbedAllLinks();
+
+    //Activate wait cursor for all windows of this document
+    //Optionally all dispatcher could be Locked
+    //Usually locking should be done using the class: SwWaitObject!
+    void EnterWait( BOOL bLockDispatcher );
+    void LeaveWait( BOOL bLockDispatcher );
+
+    void    ToggleBrowserMode(BOOL bOn, SwView* pView = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/docstat.hxx b/sw/inc/docstat.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4581e70d9aea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/docstat.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: docstat.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DOCSTAT_HXX
+#define _DOCSTAT_HXX
+
+#ifndef _SOLAR_H
+#include <tools/solar.h>
+#endif
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// PRODUCT: struct SwInternStat ist nur fuer CORE Interne Statistics und
+//          hat nichts in einer ProductVersion zu suchen.
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+struct SwInternStat;
+
+struct SwDocStat
+{
+    USHORT          nTbl;
+    USHORT          nGrf;
+    USHORT          nOLE;
+    ULONG           nPage;
+    ULONG           nPara;
+    ULONG           nWord;
+    ULONG           nChar;
+    BOOL            bModified;
+    SwInternStat*   pInternStat;
+    SwDocStat();
+    void Reset();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/docstyle.hxx b/sw/inc/docstyle.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..709dda4bcc7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/docstyle.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: docstyle.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DOCSTYLE_HXX
+#define _DOCSTYLE_HXX
+
+#ifndef _SVSTDARR_HXX
+#define _SVSTDARR_STRINGSDTOR
+#include <svtools/svstdarr.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SFXSTYLE_HXX //autogen
+#include <svtools/style.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SFXITEMSET_HXX //autogen
+#include <svtools/itemset.hxx>
+#endif
+
+class SwDoc;
+class SwDocStyleSheetPool;
+class SwPageDesc;
+class SwCharFmt;
+class SwTxtFmtColl;
+class SwFrmFmt;
+class SwNumRule;
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung:   Lokale Hilfsklasse
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+class SwPoolFmtList : public SvStringsDtor
+{
+public:
+    SwPoolFmtList() {}
+    void Append( char cChar, const String& rStr );
+    void Erase();
+};
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung:   temp. StyleSheet
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+class SwDocStyleSheet : public SfxStyleSheetBase
+{
+    friend class SwDocStyleSheetPool;
+    friend class SwStyleSheetIterator;
+
+    SwCharFmt*          pCharFmt;
+    SwTxtFmtColl*       pColl;
+    SwFrmFmt*           pFrmFmt;
+    const SwPageDesc*   pDesc;
+    const SwNumRule*    pNumRule;
+
+    SwDoc&              rDoc;
+    SfxItemSet          aCoreSet;
+
+    BOOL                bPhysical;
+
+
+    // leere Huelse zum richtigen StyleSheet (Core) machen
+    void                Create();
+
+    // den StyleSheet mit Daten fuellen
+    enum FillStyleType {
+        FillOnlyName,
+        FillAllInfo,
+        FillPhysical
+    };
+    BOOL                FillStyleSheet( FillStyleType eFType );
+
+
+public:
+    SwDocStyleSheet( SwDoc&                 rDoc,
+                     const String&          rName,
+                     SwDocStyleSheetPool&   rPool,
+                     SfxStyleFamily         eFam,
+                     USHORT                 nMask);
+
+    SwDocStyleSheet( const SwDocStyleSheet& );
+    virtual ~SwDocStyleSheet();
+
+    void                    Reset();
+
+    void                    SetMask(USHORT nMsk)            { nMask = nMsk;     }
+    void                    SetFamily(SfxStyleFamily eFam)  { nFamily = eFam;   }
+
+    BOOL                    IsPhysical() const              { return bPhysical; }
+    void                    SetPhysical(BOOL bPhys);
+
+    void                    SetItemSet(const SfxItemSet& rSet);
+
+    virtual SfxItemSet&     GetItemSet();
+    virtual const String&   GetParent() const;
+    virtual const String&   GetFollow() const;
+
+    virtual ULONG GetHelpId( String& rFile );
+    virtual void SetHelpId( const String& r, ULONG nId );
+
+    // Vorbelegen der member ohne physikalischen Zugriff
+    // wird vom StyleSheetPool benutzt
+    //
+    void                    PresetName(const String& rName)  { aName   = rName; }
+    void                    PresetNameAndFamily(const String& rName);
+    void                    PresetParent(const String& rName){ aParent = rName; }
+    void                    PresetFollow(const String& rName){ aFollow = rName; }
+
+    virtual BOOL            SetName( const String& rStr);
+    virtual BOOL            SetParent( const String& rStr);
+    virtual BOOL            SetFollow( const String& rStr);
+
+    virtual BOOL            HasFollowSupport() const;
+    virtual BOOL            HasParentSupport() const;
+    virtual BOOL            HasClearParentSupport() const;
+    virtual String          GetDescription();
+    virtual String          GetDescription(SfxMapUnit eUnit);
+
+    SwCharFmt*              GetCharFmt();
+    SwTxtFmtColl*           GetCollection();
+    SwFrmFmt*               GetFrmFmt();
+    const SwPageDesc*       GetPageDesc();
+    const SwNumRule*        GetNumRule();
+    void                    SetNumRule(const SwNumRule& rRule);
+
+    virtual BOOL            IsUsed() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung:   Iterator fuer den Pool
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwStyleSheetIterator : public SfxStyleSheetIterator, public SfxListener
+{
+    SwDocStyleSheet     aIterSheet;
+    SwDocStyleSheet     aStyleSheet;
+    SwPoolFmtList       aLst;
+    USHORT              nLastPos;
+    BOOL                bFirstCalled;
+
+    void                AppendStyleList(const SvStringsDtor& rLst,
+                                        BOOL    bUsed,
+                                        USHORT  nSection,
+                                        char    cType);
+
+public:
+    SwStyleSheetIterator( SwDocStyleSheetPool* pBase,
+                          SfxStyleFamily eFam, USHORT n=0xFFFF );
+    virtual ~SwStyleSheetIterator();
+
+    virtual USHORT Count();
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase *operator[](USHORT nIdx);
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* First();
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* Next();
+#ifndef ENABLEUNICODE
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* Find(const String& rStr);
+#else
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* Find(const UniString& rStr);
+#endif
+
+    virtual void Notify( SfxBroadcaster&, const SfxHint& );
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung:   Pool fuer
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDocStyleSheetPool : public SfxStyleSheetBasePool
+{
+    SwDocStyleSheet     aStyleSheet;
+    SwDoc&              rDoc;
+    BOOL                bOrganizer : 1;     // TRUE: fuer den Organizer
+
+
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* Create( const String&, SfxStyleFamily, USHORT nMask);
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* Create( const SfxStyleSheetBase& );
+public:
+    SwDocStyleSheetPool( SwDoc&, BOOL bOrganizer = FALSE );
+    virtual ~SwDocStyleSheetPool();
+
+    virtual void Replace( SfxStyleSheetBase& rSource,
+                          SfxStyleSheetBase& rTarget );
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase& Make(const String&, SfxStyleFamily, USHORT nMask, USHORT nPos = 0xffff);
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* Find( const String&, SfxStyleFamily eFam,
+                                    USHORT n=0xFFFF );
+    virtual BOOL SetParent( SfxStyleFamily eFam, const String &rStyle,
+                            const String &rParent );
+
+    virtual void Erase( SfxStyleSheetBase* pStyle);
+    void    SetItemSet(const SfxItemSet& rSet) { aStyleSheet.SetItemSet(rSet); }
+
+    void    SetOrganizerMode( BOOL bMode )  { bOrganizer = bMode; }
+    BOOL    IsOrganizerMode() const         { return bOrganizer; }
+
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetIterator* CreateIterator( SfxStyleFamily,
+                                                    USHORT nMask );
+
+    SwDoc& GetDoc() const { return rDoc; }
+
+    //Fuer die daemlicheren Compiler
+private:
+    SwDocStyleSheetPool( const SwDocStyleSheetPool& );
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/sw/inc/docufld.hxx b/sw/inc/docufld.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..516ebb23a923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sw/inc/docufld.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,818 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ *  $RCSfile: docufld.hxx,v $
+ *
+ *  $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ *
+ *  last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2000-09-18 17:14:25 $
+ *
+ *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
+ *  either of the following licenses
+ *
+ *         - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *         - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *
+ *  Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
+ *
+ *  GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
+ *  =============================================
+ *  Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *  901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
+ *
+ *  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ *  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ *  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ *  Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ *  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ *  MA  02111-1307  USA
+ *
+ *
+ *  Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
+ *  =================================================
+ *  The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
+ *  Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
+ *  except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
+ *  License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
+ *
+ *  Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
+ *  WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+ *  WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
+ *  MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
+ *  See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
+ *  obligations concerning the Software.
+ *
+ *  The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ *  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
+ *
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _DOCUFLD_HXX
+#define _DOCUFLD_HXX
+
+#ifndef _DATE_HXX //autogen
+#include <tools/date.hxx>
+#endif
+
+#include "fldbas.hxx"
+#include "numrule.hxx"
+
+class _SetGetExpFlds;
+class SwTxtFld;
+class SwFrm;
+
+enum SwAuthorFormat
+{
+    AF_BEGIN,
+    AF_NAME = AF_BEGIN,
+    AF_SHORTCUT,
+    AF_END,
+    AF_FIXED = 0x8000
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Untertyp der Dokumentstatistik
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+enum SwDocStatSubType
+{
+    DS_BEGIN,
+    DS_PAGE = DS_BEGIN,
+    DS_PARA,
+    DS_WORD,
+    DS_CHAR,
+    DS_TBL,
+    DS_GRF,
+    DS_OLE,
+    DS_END
+};
+
+enum SwDocInfoSubType
+{
+    DI_SUBTYPE_BEGIN,
+    DI_TITEL = DI_SUBTYPE_BEGIN,
+    DI_THEMA,
+    DI_KEYS,
+    DI_COMMENT,
+    DI_INFO1,
+    DI_INFO2,
+    DI_INFO3,
+    DI_INFO4,
+    DI_CREATE,
+    DI_CHANGE,
+    DI_PRINT,
+    DI_DOCNO,
+    DI_EDIT,
+    DI_SUBTYPE_END
+};
+
+enum SwDocInfoExtSubType
+{
+    DI_SUB_AUTHOR   = 0x0100,
+    DI_SUB_TIME     = 0x0200,
+    DI_SUB_DATE     = 0x0300,
+    DI_SUB_FIXED    = 0x1000
+};
+
+enum RegInfoFormat  // Nur noch zum laden alter Dokumente!!!
+{
+    RF_AUTHOR,
+    RF_TIME,
+    RF_DATE,
+    RF_ALL
+};
+
+enum SwPageNumSubType
+{
+    PG_RANDOM,
+    PG_NEXT,
+    PG_PREV
+};
+
+enum SwExtUserSubType
+{
+    EU_COMPANY      /*EU_FIRMA*/,
+    EU_FIRSTNAME    /*EU_VORNAME*/,
+    EU_NAME         /*EU_NAME*/,
+    EU_SHORTCUT     /*EU_ABK*/,
+    EU_STREET       /*EU_STRASSE*/,
+    EU_COUNTRY      /*EU_LAND*/,
+    EU_ZIP          /*EU_PLZ*/,
+    EU_CITY         /*EU_ORT*/,
+    EU_TITLE        /*EU_TITEL*/,
+    EU_POSITION     /*EU_POS*/,
+    EU_PHONE_PRIVATE /*EU_TELPRIV*/,
+    EU_PHONE_COMPANY /*EU_TELFIRMA*/,
+    EU_FAX,
+    EU_EMAIL,
+    EU_STATE,
+    EU_FATHERSNAME,
+    EU_APARTMENT
+};
+
+enum SwJumpEditFormat
+{
+    JE_FMT_TEXT,
+    JE_FMT_TABLE,
+    JE_FMT_FRAME,
+    JE_FMT_GRAPHIC,
+    JE_FMT_OLE
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Seitennummer
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwPageNumberFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+    SvxExtNumType   eNumFormat;
+    USHORT          nNum, nMax;
+    BOOL            bVirtuell;
+
+public:
+    SwPageNumberFieldType();
+
+    String& Expand( ULONG nFmt, short nOff, const String&, String& rRet ) const;
+    void ChangeExpansion( SwDoc* pDoc, USHORT nNum, USHORT nMax,
+                            BOOL bVirtPageNum, const SvxExtNumType* pNumFmt = 0 );
+    inline SvxExtNumType GetNumFormat() const { return eNumFormat; }
+    virtual SwFieldType* Copy() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Seitennummerierung
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwPageNumberField : public SwField
+{
+    String  sUserStr;
+    USHORT  nSubType;
+    short   nOffset;
+
+public:
+    SwPageNumberField(SwPageNumberFieldType*, USHORT nSub = PG_RANDOM,
+                      ULONG nFmt = 0, short nOff = 0);
+
+    virtual String      Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*    Copy() const;
+
+    virtual String      GetPar2() const;
+    virtual void        SetPar2(const String& rStr);
+
+    virtual USHORT      GetSubType() const;
+    // virtual void        SetSubType(USHORT nSub); // OM: entfernt, da unbenoetigt und gefaehrlich
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+
+    const String& GetUserString() const         { return sUserStr; }
+    void SetUserString( const String& rS )      { sUserStr = rS; }
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Autoren
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwAuthorFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+    SwDoc *pDoc;
+public:
+    SwAuthorFieldType(SwDoc*);
+
+    String                  Expand(ULONG) const;
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: AutorenFeld
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwAuthorField : public SwField
+{
+    String  aContent;
+
+public:
+    SwAuthorField(SwAuthorFieldType*, ULONG nFmt = 0);
+
+    virtual String      Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*    Copy() const;
+
+    inline void         SetExpansion(const String& rStr) { aContent = rStr; }
+    inline const String& GetContent() const { return aContent; }
+
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Filename
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwFileNameFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+    SwDoc *pDoc;
+public:
+    SwFileNameFieldType(SwDoc*);
+
+    String                  Expand(ULONG) const;
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: FileName
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwFileNameField : public SwField
+{
+    String aContent;
+
+public:
+    SwFileNameField(SwFileNameFieldType*, ULONG nFmt = 0);
+
+    virtual String      Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*    Copy() const;
+
+    inline void         SetExpansion(const String& rStr) { aContent = rStr; }
+    inline const String& GetContent() const { return aContent; }
+
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: TemplName
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwTemplNameFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+    SwDoc *pDoc;
+public:
+    SwTemplNameFieldType(SwDoc*);
+
+    String                  Expand(ULONG) const;
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: TemplName
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwTemplNameField : public SwField
+{
+public:
+    SwTemplNameField(SwTemplNameFieldType*, ULONG nFmt = 0);
+
+    virtual String      Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*    Copy() const;
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Docstatistik
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDocStatFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+    SwDoc*          pDoc;
+    SvxExtNumType   eNumFormat;
+
+public:
+    SwDocStatFieldType(SwDoc*);
+    String                  Expand(USHORT nSubType, ULONG nFmt) const;
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+
+    inline SvxExtNumType    GetNumFormat() const        { return eNumFormat; }
+    inline void             SetNumFormat( SvxExtNumType eFmt )  { eNumFormat = eFmt; }
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Dokumentstatistik
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwDocStatField : public SwField
+{
+    USHORT nSubType;
+
+public:
+    SwDocStatField( SwDocStatFieldType*,
+                    USHORT nSubType = 0, ULONG nFmt = 0);
+
+    void ChangeExpansion( const SwFrm* pFrm );
+
+    virtual String      Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*    Copy() const;
+
+    virtual USHORT      GetSubType() const;
+    virtual void        SetSubType(USHORT nSub);
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: versteckter Text
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwHiddenTxtFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+    BOOL bHidden;
+public:
+    SwHiddenTxtFieldType(BOOL bSetHidden = TRUE);
+
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+
+    void                    SetHiddenFlag( BOOL bSetHidden = TRUE );
+    inline BOOL             GetHiddenFlag() const { return bHidden; }
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Versteckter Text
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwHiddenTxtField : public SwField
+{
+    String  aTRUETxt;           // Text wenn Bedingung TRUE
+    String  aFALSETxt;          // Wenn Bedingung falsch
+    String  aContent;           // Ausgewerteter DB-Text
+
+    String  aCond;              // Bedingung
+    USHORT  nSubType;
+
+    BOOL    bCanToggle : 1;     // kann das Feld einzeln getoggelt werden?
+    BOOL    bIsHidden  : 1;     // ist es nicht sichtbar?
+    BOOL    bValid     : 1;     // DB-Feld evaluiert?
+
+public:
+    SwHiddenTxtField( SwHiddenTxtFieldType*,
+                     BOOL   bConditional,
+                     const  String& rCond,
+                     const  String& rTxt,
+                     BOOL   bHidden  = FALSE,
+                     USHORT nSubType = TYP_HIDDENTXTFLD);
+
+    SwHiddenTxtField( SwHiddenTxtFieldType*,
+                      const String& rCond,
+                      const String& rTrue,
+                      const String& rFalse,
+                      USHORT nSubType = TYP_HIDDENTXTFLD);
+
+    virtual String      GetCntnt(BOOL bName = FALSE) const;
+    virtual String      Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*    Copy() const;
+
+    void                Evaluate(SwDoc*);
+
+    inline void         SetValue(BOOL bHidden)  { bIsHidden = bHidden; }
+    inline BOOL         GetValue() const        { return bIsHidden;    }
+    inline BOOL         IsConditional() const   { return bCanToggle;   }
+    inline BOOL         IsValid() const         { return bValid;       }
+    String              GetColumnName(const String& rName);
+    String              GetDBName(const String& rName, SwDoc *pDoc);
+
+    // Condition
+    virtual void        SetPar1(const String& rStr);
+    virtual const String& GetPar1() const;
+
+    // True/False - String
+    virtual void        SetPar2(const String& rStr);
+    virtual String      GetPar2() const;
+
+
+    virtual USHORT      GetSubType() const;
+    // virtual void        SetSubType(USHORT nSub); // OM: entfernt, da unbenoetigt und gefaehrlich
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Feld das zu einer Leerzeile (ohne Hoehe) expandiert
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwHiddenParaFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+public:
+    SwHiddenParaFieldType();
+
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Versteckter Absatz
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwHiddenParaField : public SwField
+{
+    String              aCond;
+    BOOL                bIsHidden:1;
+public:
+    // Direkte Eingabe alten Wert loeschen
+    SwHiddenParaField(SwHiddenParaFieldType*, const String& rCond);
+
+    virtual String      Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*    Copy() const;
+
+    void                SetHidden(BOOL bHidden)     { bIsHidden = bHidden; }
+    BOOL                IsHidden() const            { return bIsHidden;    }
+
+    // Bedingung erfragen/setzen
+    virtual const String& GetPar1() const;
+    virtual void        SetPar1(const String& rStr);
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Macro ausfuehren
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwMacroFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+    SwDoc* pDoc;
+
+public:
+    SwMacroFieldType(SwDoc*);
+
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: Macrofeld
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwMacroField : public SwField
+{
+    String  aMacro;
+    String  aText;
+
+public:
+    // Direkte Eingabe alten Wert loeschen
+    SwMacroField( SwMacroFieldType*, const String& rLibAndName,
+                  const String& rTxt);
+
+    inline const String& GetMacro() const { return aMacro; }
+    String           GetLibName() const;
+    String           GetMacroName() const;
+
+    virtual String   GetCntnt(BOOL bName = FALSE) const;
+    virtual String   Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField* Copy() const;
+
+    // Library und FileName
+    virtual const String& GetPar1() const;
+    virtual void    SetPar1(const String& rStr);
+
+    // Macrotext
+    virtual String  GetPar2() const;
+    virtual void    SetPar2(const String& rStr);
+    virtual BOOL        QueryValue( com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty ) const;
+    virtual BOOL        PutValue( const com::sun::star::uno::Any& rVal, const String& rProperty );
+};
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: PostIts
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwPostItFieldType : public SwFieldType
+{
+public:
+    SwPostItFieldType();
+
+    virtual SwFieldType*    Copy() const;
+};
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Beschreibung: PostIt
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+class SwPostItField : public SwField
+{
+    String  sTxt;       // die Anmerkung
+    String  sAuthor;    // der Author
+    Date    aDate;      // Datum ??/Zeit?? der Anmerkung
+
+public:
+    SwPostItField( SwPostItFieldType*,
+                   const String& rAuthor, const String& rTxt, const Date& rDate);
+
+    virtual String          Expand() const;
+    virtual SwField*        Copy() const;
+
+    inline const Date&      GetDate() const                 { retu